This is only a preview of the May 2024 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 45 of the 112 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "Compact Frequency Divider":
Items relevant to "WiFi DDS Function Generator, Pt1":
Items relevant to "Symbol USB Keyboard":
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Fan Speed Controller Mk2":
Items relevant to "Skill Tester 9000, Part 2":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $12.50. |
MAY 2024
ISSN 1030-2662
05
The VERY BEST DIY Projects!
9 771030 266001
$
50* NZ $1390
12
INC GST
INC GST
Computerised
Traffic Management
10Mhz Frequency Divider
DDS Function Generator
The Formula 1 Power Unit
Three Mini Projects
Fan Speed Controller Mk2
RTV&H Oscilloscope
Project; Page 33
Starting on page 60
Project; Page 40
Project; Page 70
Feature; Page 56
Vintage Electronics; Page 96
Make amazing projects with our
microcontrollers &
mini computers.
EXPANDABLE WITH SHIELDS,
SENSORS & MODULES
We have an incredible line-up
of micros for beginners,
hobbyists and professionals.
BEST
SELLER
MORE PROCESSING POWER & MEMORY,
WI-FI, BLUETOOTH AND MUCH MORE
A GREAT WAY TO LEARN
HOW MICRO'S WORK
5495
$
MICRO:BIT V2 ENTRY-LEVEL
MICROCONTROLLER
ONLY
XC4324
• EASY TO USE DRAG-AND-DROP CODING
• DISPLAY AND SENSORS ONBOARD
• BATTERIES INCLUDED
XC4410
• 14 DIGITAL & 6 ANALOG I/O PINS
• COMPATIBLE WITH ARDUINO® SHIELDS
• USB OR DC POWERED
HIGHER PROCESSING POWER, SUITABLE
FOR MORE CHALLENGING TASKS
ROCK 4C PLUS 4GB MICROPROCESSOR
3895
$
ARDUINO®-COMPATIBLE
UNO R3 MICROCONTROLLER
ONLY
ONLY
4995
$
XC9211
ARDUINO® UNO WIFI R4
MICROCONTROLLER
• WI-FI 4 & BLUETOOTH® 5
• BRIGHT 12X8 RED LED MATRIX
• HID (HUMAN INTERFACE DEVICE) SUPPORT
• 12-BIT DAC, CAN BUS AND OP AMP
LARGER COMMUNITY, GREAT
FOR EARLY ENTRANTS
ONLY
119
$
HIGH-PERFORMING SINGLE-BOARD COMPUTER
XC9300
• DUAL HDMI (4KP60 & 2KP60) OUTPUTS
• USB 2.0 & USB 3.0 PORTS
• GIGABIT ETHERNET & WI-FI 5 WITH EXTERNAL ANTENNA
• BLUETOOTH® 5
• 4GB RAM
Explore our wide range of development boards, shields and modules,
POWERFUL SINGLE-BOARD COMPUTER
• DUAL HDMI (2 X 4KP60) OUTPUTS
• USB 2.0 & USB 3.0 PORTS
• GIGABIT ETHERNET & 2.4GHZ/5GHZ WI-FI
• BLUETOOTH® 5
• 4GB RAM
in stock on our website, or at over 115 stores or 130 resellers nationwide.
jaycar.com.au
Stock may be limited and offer available only whilst stock lasts. No rain checks. Savings on Original RRP (ORRP).
ONLY
139
$
RASPBERRY PI 4B MICROPROCESSOR
XC9100
1800 022 888
Contents
Vol.37, No.05
May 2024
14 Traffic Management
Page 40
Australia is a world leader in computerised traffic management systems,
such as variable speed limits, lane direction changes, traffic lights etc. This
article explains how they make sure you aren’t stuck in traffic forever!
By Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
Computerised systems
56 The 2024 Formula 1 Power Unit
Formula 1 (F1) engines are powerhouses despite needing to be very
compact. Current F1 engines are hybrid designs that can generate over
750kW from just 1.6 litres of displacement. So how do these engines work?
By Brandon Speedie
Hybrid engines
96 RTV&H Calibrated Oscilloscope
WiFi DDS
Function Generator
The Formula 1 Power Unit
Page 56
This oscilloscope was designed by Jim Rowe and published in the JuneOctober 1963 issues of Radio, TV & Hobbies magazine. It’s a brilliant circuit
that needed just one minor adjustment.
By Ian Batty
Vintage electronics
33 Compact Frequency Divider
This project converts a 10MHz frequency reference (such as from an
oscilloscope) down to 1MHz or 1Hz square wave signals with a 50Ω or 75Ω
output impedance. The 1Hz signal can be used as a 1PPS clock source.
By Nicholas Vinen
Test equipment project
Image Source: Jay Hirano Photography/Shutterstock.com
Jaycar Mini Projects
40 WiFi DDS Function Generator, Pt1
This flexible and easy-to-build Function Generator is a staple on test
benches. It provides two wide-range, low distortion outputs and can be
controlled from its touchscreen or remotely via a WiFi connection.
By Richard Palmer
Test equipment project
60 Jaycar-sponsored Mini Projects
This month’s set of Mini Projects include: a Symbol USB Keyboard for
typing special characters; a Thermal Fan Controller; and a Wired Infrared
Remote Extender. Each project is designed so that anyone can build it.
By Tim Blythman
Mini projects
70 Fan Speed Controller Mk2
Our updated, quiet Fan Speed Controller is suited for ceiling, pedestal and
box fans (any using a 230V AC shaded-pole motor). It provides full control
over the motor speed and is rated up to 80W.
By John Clarke
Speed controller project
80 Skill Tester 9000, Part 2
This retro game is a fun and educational project based on the “buzz wire”
game but with some modern twists. The construction covered here is
divided into sections to suit beginners and pros.
By Phil Prosser
Game project
Page 60
2
Editorial Viewpoint
5
Mailbag
55
Subscriptions
86
Serviceman’s Log
92
Circuit Notebook
106
Online Shop
108
Ask Silicon Chip
111
Market Centre
112
Advertising Index
1. DSB/AM phase-shift modulator
2. Replacement supply for BWD scope
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher/Editor
Nicholas Vinen
Technical Editor
John Clarke – B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Jim Rowe – B.A., B.Sc.
Bao Smith – B.Sc.
Tim Blythman – B.E., B.Sc.
Advertising Enquiries
(02) 9939 3295
adverts<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Allan Linton-Smith
Dave Thompson
David Maddison – B.App.Sc. (Hons 1),
PhD, Grad.Dip.Entr.Innov.
Geoff Graham
Associate Professor Graham Parslow
Dr Hugo Holden – B.H.B, MB.ChB.,
FRANZCO
Ian Batty – M.Ed.
Phil Prosser – B.Sc., B.E.(Elec.)
Cartoonist
Louis Decrevel
loueee.com
Founding Editor (retired)
Leo Simpson – B.Bus., FAICD
Silicon Chip is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 626 922 870. ABN 20
880 526 923. All material is copyright ©. No part of this publication
may be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Subscription rates (Australia only)
6 issues (6 months): $70
12 issues (1 year):
$127.50
24 issues (2 years):
$240
Online subscription (Worldwide)
6 issues (6 months): $52.50
12 issues (1 year):
$100
24 issues (2 years):
$190
For overseas rates, see our website or
email silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
* recommended & maximum price only
Editorial office: Unit 1 (up ramp), 234
Harbord Rd, Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 194,
Matraville, NSW 2036.
Phone: (02) 9939 3295.
ISSN: 1030-2662
Printing and Distribution:
Editorial Viewpoint
Our new Mini Projects
Starting with this issue, we have a new section
for the magazine: Mini Projects, sponsored by Jaycar
Electronics. You can think of this as somewhere
between Circuit Notebook and our regular projects.
The idea is that they will be simple, coming in at 2-3
pages each, with two or three in each issue.
They are designs that relative beginners should be
able to understand and build, using parts that can be
easily obtained at your local Jaycar store and assembled in a few hours at most.
Unlike in the Circuit Notebook column, which consists mainly of
contributed circuits, we have built and tested these designs. The articles
include a full list of parts, some photos, typically a circuit or wiring diagram,
plus links to software and source code when required. They won’t need a
custom PCB, instead using a breadboard or protoboard if more than a handful
of components are involved.
Due to the shorter article length, we’ll likely leave some of the finer details
to the reader/constructor. Given that the circuits will generally be pretty
straightforward, that should not pose any obstacles to building them.
We have wanted to present simpler projects for a while now, but there were
a few roadblocks. For a start, many of the simple things you can build with a
handful of parts have already been presented in the past, either in earlier issues
of Silicon Chip or in other magazines like Electronics Australia. We didn’t
want to publish too many articles similar to existing ones as it seems lazy.
Also, many ideas that start simple (or seem simple initially) increase in
complexity by the time they are finished. So even when we have planned to
have more basic constructional articles in the past, it hasn’t always panned
out that way.
This new column should satisfy the demand for more straightforward and
educational projects. One of the great things about these new articles is that
they all use off-the-shelf parts. You can go from reading the article to buying
the parts, assembling and testing one of the designs in a few hours!
The Mini Projects will not displace our usual projects, feature articles, and
other columns, at least most of the time. We still plan to run four projects in
most issues, along with two or three Mini Projects, for a total of 6-7 projects.
We see this as a significant benefit to our readers, who will get more content
thanks to Jaycar’s support!
I can’t rule out the possibility that we will occasionally have to hold
over one other article (eg, a smaller project) to be able to fit the extra Mini
Projects. I don’t expect that to happen too often, but it may occasionally occur,
depending on factors like article lengths. Regardless, we will still have more
content than before on average.
You will not be surprised to discover that these articles will mainly use
parts sold by Jaycar. That doesn’t mean you are locked into shopping there;
those products will be available elsewhere, and many readers may already
have most of them in their collections. (Obviously, Jaycar would like you to
be their customer, but we can’t twist your arm...)
Still, Jaycar has indicated that they may start offering discounted packages
of the parts required for specific Mini Projects. If that happens (I can’t promise
it will), we’ll have the details in those articles.
To make it easier to find software and other items relating to the Mini
Projects, we are allocating them numbers. However, note that they might not
be published in the same order they were produced. For example, in this
issue we have three Jaycar/Silicon Chip Mini Projects: JMP001, JMP003 &
JMP004. There is a JMP002 but it will appear in a future issue.
by Nicholas Vinen
24-26 Lilian Fowler Pl, Marrickville 2204
2
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Ensure your products
are 100% authentic
Mouser was the first SAE AS6496 accredited distributor
Widest selection of electronic
components in stock™
au.mouser.com/authentic-products
03 9253 9999 | australia<at>mouser.com
MAILBAG
your feedback
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd has the right to edit, reproduce in electronic form, and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions to “Ask Silicon Chip”, “Circuit Notebook” and “Serviceman’s Log”.
More information on vintage disk drives
I read with interest the articles on Data Storage Systems in the February & March 2024 issues (siliconchip.
au/Series/411). A minor correction: the Model 1316 disk
pack for the IBM Model 1311 disk drive has six platters, not
five. The top and bottom surfaces were not used but data
was stored on the other 10 surfaces. This allowed the use
of five identical access arms. Later removable disk packs
had 11 platters with 20 recording surfaces.
It was mentioned that using helium is a recent practical
development. I believe the ICL drum storage model 1964
was helium-filled to 2½ atmospheres. I worked for the Caulfield Institute of Technology in the early 1970s; they had
an ICL 1904A computer with drum storage.
Computers in those days had regular maintenance and I
believe the engineers checked the helium pressure in the
drum and added some if needed. However, I have been
unable to find documentary evidence of that.
Alan Cashin, Islington, NSW.
More reports of SSD slowdowns
Your editorial on SSDs in the March issue was most
timely. I have been using a WD Blue 500GB SSD as the
C: drive on my desktop. It has recently been loading apps
with inordinately long delays. For example, “Everything”
takes 18 seconds to load. Cloning the C: drive to a new SSD
has restored things to normal. Thanks for a great magazine.
Geoff Champion, Mount Dandenong, Vic.
25-year-old disks are still operational
Thanks for publishing my letter on various topics in the
March edition (it just arrived today). I hope it was of interest to your readers. I enjoyed Dr David Maddison’s article
on disk drives, including SSDs.
I still occasionally use 5¼-inch floppy disks (photo
attached). Although they must be at least 25 years old by
now, so far, I haven’t been caught out with any data loss –
quite remarkable! Thanks for a great mag.
Christopher Ross, Tuebingen, Germany.
siliconchip.com.au
Talk about a disk head crash!
Thank you for your article on Computer Memory Systems; it brought back some memories.
I worked at a large Queensland Brewery (XXXX) and
we had a Honeywell 2000 Process computer system with
a large hard drive about the size of a small desk, weighing
about 500kg. It had a removable 14-inch (355mm) Winchester Disk Pack with five 50MB disks and a large solenoid coil for the head positioning system. This was in the
late 1970s or early 1980s.
I received a call from Ok Tedi Mine in New Guinea. They
had a problem: their system had fallen over, and Honeywell
had quoted them about $70,000 to fix it! He was inquiring
if we had any backup Disk Packs he could borrow to get
his system running again. I was unable to help as the system BIOS and data were different.
After further discussion, I found out they had an earthquake, and the whole drive system cabinet fell over.
They duly stood it up and inserted the Disk Pack into the
machine, but it failed, which you would expect with floating heads and earthquake damage. It would have scored
the disks. So they tried the next one, and so on until they
had used all backups. They then realized they had a big
problem!
I think Honeywell quoted low in this instance, considering that a helicopter was required to access the remote site.
Philip Tomlinson, New Farm, Qld.
Advice on using RCDs with inverters
I’ve just finished reading the latest issue of Silicon Chip
and would like to add some comments to Dr Hugo Holden’s letter on RCDs and battery inverters (Mailbag, March
2024, page 8).
A couple of years ago, I fitted a 12V lithium-ion battery,
charger and inverter to supply 230V AC for a laptop and
other equipment to my daughter’s enclosed ute for work use.
I considered the possibility of faulty equipment posing a
shock risk, so I fitted a standard 30mA RCD and a regular
twin 10A GPO. I ‘earthed’ one side of the inverter output
to the vehicle’s metal canopy and fed it to both the Earth
and Neutral terminals of the GPO, with the other output
wire to the switched Active terminal of the GPO.
The battery and inverter negative terminal connect to
the vehicle chassis. The RCD tripped when tested by connecting an 8.2kW resistor from Active to the vehicle body
(drawing a nominal 28mA RMS). This setup is similar to
the standard domestic mains supply where the Neutral and
Earth are bonded at the N-E link in the switchboard before
connection to the switchboard RCD.
Andrew Fraser, Para Hills, SA.
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 5
Frustration over bad digital TV reception
I was reading the comments on TV reception in the latest
issue and thought I would mention the problems we have
here. A while back, we had all the channels with occasional corruption, but in more recent times, this situation
has become a lot worse.
A few months ago, Channel 7 was almost always corrupted throughout the day or not even on air at all. It would
come back a bit before 7pm and was mostly OK for recording programs from that time until the next day. This situation has been recently resolved, with Channel 7 now giving
good reception again.
We used to get all the ABC channels. However, starting a
few months ago, all the ABC channels have been corrupted
all the time. Channel 10’s channels sometimes have corruption during the day but are fine at night. Channel 9’s
channels are usually fine during the day but sometimes
have corruption at night.
SBS’s channels were off air at about the same time as
Channel 7’s channels were, or if they were on air, they were
severely corrupted. This situation has improved recently.
I tried re-tuning the channels several times, but in most
cases, it made no difference. We never had any of these
problems with the old analog TV transmissions; at worst,
the reception was a bit snowy sometimes. We replaced our
two TV aerials with digital types when Digital TV started.
You’d think that by now, they would know how to transmit digital TV signals correctly.
So much for digital TV supposedly being better than
analog TV.
Bruce Pierson, Dundathu, Qld.
Solar panels generate plenty of power
We recently moved from Sydney to Queensland to retire.
As sometimes happens in this case, we had some spare cash
and decided to invest in a medium-sized solar power system to see if we could be mostly self-sufficient.
We now have 10kW of solar panels, an 8kW hybrid
inverter and a 19kWh LiFePO4 battery stack. I am pleased
to say that so far, we have not used any power from the grid
in spite of rather cloudy days. There was even a blackout
last week that affected more than 50,000 homes for several
hours and we did not notice it!
We run a pool with salt chlorination for about eight
hours a day and charge our electric car. The only change
in habits is charging the car mostly during the day rather
than overnight.
With all the discussions about nuclear power and the
truly astronomical cost, one wonders if it would be feasible to pay for ‘micro-grids’ all over the country, and just
use the big nuclear fusion thing in the sky at a similar cost.
Horst Leykam, Barmaryee, Qld.
Suggestions for better TV reception
It appears that G.B.’s existing antenna is in very poor
condition (Ask Silicon Chip, April 2024, p99).
If he types his street address into https://myswitch.
digitalready.gov.au/, he will see that, if he is in the centre
of Wamboin, he is in a good signal area. The profile graph
shows few obstructions for that location. The best antenna
for strong, vertically polarised signals is a phased array.
A phased array mounted for vertical polarisation, shown
at siliconchip.au/link/abuc will reject reflected signals from
6
Silicon Chip
metal roofs on either side of the antenna, which can otherwise make reception unreliable. For horizontally polarised signals, a horizontally mounted Yagi-Uda antenna
will reject signals from the sides similarly.
Alan Hughes, Hamersley, WA.
Solid-state drives suffer from ‘read disturb’
In reading “Data Storage Systems”, especially the “My
experience with the longevity of SD cards” panel, and the
editorial in the same (March) issue, I think I can help you
understand some of these problems a bit better.
NAND flash is subject to a phenomenon called ‘read disturb’. It is caused by bits flipping their state when the block
in which these bits live is predominately ‘read-only’. It is
explained in detail in the PDF available from:
siliconchip.au/link/abub
This can occur after as few as 20,000 reads, but that is
not a fixed amount. In one test I performed with identical
cards, one failed after 60,000 reads, while another did not
fail after 600 million reads!
At the 2015 Flash Memory Summit, one respected presenter urged that “Read disturb tolerance specifications
must be documented in supplier flash component data
sheets.” While that may now be the case, these documents
are not generally in the public domain, and the information
is not echoed in the ‘built up’ memory device documents.
I tried getting one manufacturer to admit to a read-disturb
problem. First, I had to escalate several times to get to a
support person who even knew what read-disturb was.
Then I was abused because, in the support person’s view,
“20,000 reads without a write” was an invalid expectation
for a consumer-grade product and that we should be using
their industrial-grade products.
Personally, I think that a failure after 20,000 reads means
the device is not fit for purpose. I’m not sure at what point
it becomes fit for purpose, but surely one should be able to
rely on a ‘backup’ in a defined way.
Note that ‘industrial grade’ products do not necessarily include read disturb protection. When you purchase
an industrial-grade product, you nominate what features
you require and you will be quoted a price for a card with
those features.
Other features you can get include ECC (error correction
code), wear levelling, smart functions, bad block management, pseudo-SLC (single level cell), data duplication,
embedded mode, read refresh and more.
Some of those features may be present in consumer-grade
products; for example, wear levelling must be present in
some form on all SSDs, or they would fail in a fairly short
period. Still, in general, you only get those features if you
pay extra for them.
Simply inserting a card periodically will achieve nothing.
While some brands of industrial cards do ‘scan refresh’ in
the background, most do not. The ones that do have shocking normal ‘performance’, which probably explains why
that feature is so rare.
We have been able to disturb cards with read-disturb protection. In most cases, the manufacturer puts this down to
‘read patterns’ and, after observing the pattern, releases a
new software revision for their industrial cards. We have
also been able to disturb SLC cards, which the manufacturer
pretty much said was impossible. It would appear that all
the mechanisms are still not fully understood.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Introducing ATEM Mini Pro
The compact television studio that lets you
create presentation videos and live streams!
Now you don’t need to use a webcam for important presentations
or workshops. ATEM Mini is a tiny video switcher that’s similar to
the professional gear broadcasters use to create television shows!
Simply plug in multiple cameras and a computer for your slides,
then cut between them at the push of a button! It even has a built
in streaming engine for live streaming to YouTube!
Live Stream to a Global Audience!
Easy to Learn and Use!
Includes Free ATEM Software Control Panel
There’s never been a solution that’s professional but also easy to use. Simply press
ATEM Mini is a full broadcast television switcher, so it has hidden power that’s
any of the input buttons on the front panel to cut between video sources. You can
unlocked using the free ATEM Software Control app. This means if you want to
select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such
go further, you can start using features such as chroma keying for green screens,
as dip to color, DVE squeeze and DVE push. You can even add a DVE for picture
media players for graphics and the multiview for monitoring all cameras on a
in picture effects with customized graphics.
single monitor. There’s even a professional audio mixer!
Use Any Software that Supports a USB Webcam!
You can use any video software with ATEM Mini Pro because the USB connection
will emulate a webcam! That guarantees full compatibility with any video software
and in full resolution 1080HD quality. Imagine giving a presentation on your
latest research from a laboratory to software such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams,
ATEM Mini Pro has a built in hardware streaming engine for live streaming to
a global audience! That means you can live stream lectures or educational
workshops direct to scientists all over the world in better video quality with
smoother motion. Streaming uses the Ethernet connection to the internet, or
you can even connect a smartphone to use mobile data!
ATEM Mini Pro
$495
Skype or WebEx!
www.blackmagicdesign.com/au
Learn More!
You also see multiple posts in various small systems
forums about the need to replace microSD boot disks regularly because they’ll wear out in a couple of months. They
certainly don’t wear out that quickly, but they can become
read-disturbed in a few months.
A quick check for a disturbed file, assuming you have
isolated it to a single file, is to copy the file onto your hard
drive, remove the suspect media and reinsert it (to ensure
it is being read from the media and is not a cached copy),
then copy it again using a new name. Now perform a binary
comparison of the two copies of the file. If you get random
bit errors, you are seeing read disturb in action.
Mark van der Eynden, Mount Waverley, Vic.
How to avoid being locked into subscriptions
I note the difficulties mentioned in your January editorial regarding cancelling subscriptions on shonky sites; in particular, your
experiences trying to cancel a subscription
to a VPN service. I am probably a bit more
‘street-wise’ than you, having run my factory
in Shenzhen, China, for seven years and now
in Taiwan for over four years. I have seen
it all from these characters!
I needed a VPN recently and
was fully aware of the near
impossibility of cancelling
such services, so I formulated a plan. I paid for only
one month with Proton VPN, as
my investigations revealed they
could provide the best results
for my purpose.
Here is how you can be one
step ahead of them! I paid using PayPal and then, once I had paid, went into
my PayPal account and looked deeply. I found where Proton
VPN had automatically inserted a ‘pay this amount every
month’ deep in my PayPal account. I cancelled this ‘repeat
payment authorisation’, logged out and back into my PayPal account and double-checked that it was gone (it was).
I then waited for the end of the month to see what would
happen. I received a renewal advice email from Proton
about two days after the month expired. About seven days
after its expiry, the service stopped working. Success! I had
beaten their uncancellable service runaround and saved
myself all the associated aggro with credit card companies!
This might be of use to you in the future as long as the
VPN service doesn’t wise up and stop accepting PayPal!
Cheers, and keep up the excellent work. I possibly wouldn’t
have renewed my subscription if it was only available as
a hard copy, as getting the physical mag to me here in Taiwan is difficult.
For your information, we are building pinball machines
in Taiwan for export worldwide. All are 100% designed
and built in my factory, including all the electronics. Our
current machine is “This is Spinal Tap Pinball”.
Mike Kalinowski, Homepin Taiwan Company Limited.
How about Vintage Computer articles?
I thought I would respond to the question you posed in
the March 2024 editorial regarding the name of the “Vintage Radio” column.
8
Silicon Chip
I turned 50 a year or so ago and have been reading Silicon Chip for over 20 years. In that time, I must confess to
pretty much never reading the Vintage Radio section whilst
avidly reading almost every other aspect of the magazine.
Its presence has never bothered me, but I’ve always viewed
its content as ‘before my time’.
I grew up in the late 1970s and 1980s, so I was inevitably drawn to the home computers of that period. I suppose
8-bit computers were the radios of my era.
So, I would welcome dropping “Radio” from the name
of this section and also further broadening the scope of the
material presented. I recall you published an article some
years back on restoring an Apple Macintosh – I would
love to see more articles like that. Also, it would be great
to see pieces on modern hardware for vintage machines.
For example:
The video enhancement for the Commodore 64 to produce pin-sharp component output (https://github.com/
c0pperdragon/C64-Video-Enhancement).
The stunning RGBtoHDMI project (https://github.com/
hoglet67/RGBtoHDMI), which uses a Raspberry Pi to convert the video signals of a vast number of vintage computers into perfect HDMI.
The Harlequin remake of Sinclair’s ZX Spectrum, based
on Chris Smith’s reverse-engineering of this machine’s
custom ULA (https://github.com/DonSuperfo/Superfo-
Harlequin-128).
Joe Branton, Umina Beach, NSW.
Comment: we suspect many people who read the current
Vintage column would not be interested in Vintage Computers, but we could publish separate articles on that subject. It would depend on experts in the field being willing
to write such articles.
We have published a few Vintage Computer articles over
the last few years. For example, Dr Hugo Holden’s articles
on the Cromemco Dazzler (September 2021; siliconchip.
au/Article/15023), Arcade Pong (June 2021; siliconchip.
au/Article/14884) and the Matrox ALT-256/512 video cards
(October & November 2020; siliconchip.au/Series/352).
He is one of the few people we know who is into both
Vintage Radio/TV and Vintage Computers!
We also published a CGA to VGA converter project in the
February 2015 issue (siliconchip.au/Article/8306).
We would welcome more article submissions on the topic,
provided they are sufficiently interesting.
More on DC supply switches
Reading the letter on page 5 of the March 2024 issue
titled “The reason DC mains switches were so loud”, I feel
the story has only been half told. My experience today is
with 12V solar, but it was once with the 32V DC domestic supply as my father’s assistant (in my mind, anyway).
DC has a tendency to melt the metal of the switch contracts as they open because the current density involved
can reach thousands of amps per square centimetre due
to the very small area involved. This molten metal then
allows the current to continue to flow even though the contacts have opened.
A DC arc will continue until the contacts are far enough
apart for the arc to be extinguished (which depends on the
voltage), or some other means of extinguishing the arc is
used.
Most domestic switches intended for 32V DC use have
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Discover New Technologies in Electronics
and Hi-Tech Manufacturing
See, test and compare the latest technology, products and turnkey solutions for your business
SMCBA CONFERENCE
The Electronics Design and Manufacturing Conference
features seminars and workshops from international
experts on the latest innovations and solutions for
design and assembly.
Details at www.smcba.asn.au
In Association with
Supporting Publication
Organised by
contacts about 10mm apart. The circuit is made or broken
by very rapidly dropping a metal bridge across the contacts
or removing it to an off position about 15mm clear. That’s
the reason for the loud click; the bridge moves rapidly
when the switch knob builds up enough spring pressure.
Such a mechanism is not necessary with AC since,
due to the voltage swinging from negative to positive at
50Hz, there is no voltage across the contacts 100 times
per second. Thus, an arc cannot be sustained for more
than about 10ms.
I had an interesting job once repairing the emergency
lights in a theatre. Somewhere along the line, a licensed
electrician ‘had a go’ and came across something he had
never seen. The system was 24V DC (using two 12V batteries), with a magnet positioned to drag the arc off the contacts, thus allowing the lights to be switched off after the
magnetic switch closed if the mains voltage failed.
This guy knew he didn’t understand DC, so he took the
DC out of the circuit and operated the lights off the battery charger. That was highly illegal because if the power
failed, there was no light for people to find their way out
of the theatre! I repositioned the magnet and repaired
the damage it had done to the 50A battery charger, and
all was well.
Graeme Burgin, Ararat, Vic.
Current transformers can produce high voltages
Regarding the Circuits Notebook entry on the Isolated
Mains Voltage and Current monitor published in the February issue (siliconchip.au/Article/16123), there should have
been a warning that the current transformer (CT) should
never have current flowing in its primary without a load
on its secondary.
Open-circuited CTs are notorious for developing lethally
high voltages under these circumstances. For this reason,
CTs used in industry are supplied with a shorting bar that is
only lifted once the secondary circuit has been thoroughly
tested and connected.
In most older installations, one end of the shorting bar
remains connected so that the other end can be swung back
to the connected position as a precursor to work being carried out on the secondary circuit. In more modern installations, there may be a test link arrangement with a sliding
shorting bar engaging before the secondary can be opened
for testing or servicing.
In the circuit described in the article, the secondary voltage is limited by the 100W resistor across the CT output.
Still, the CT output is potentially dangerous if this resistor
ever fails or is lifted. Therefore, caution should be exercised with the resistor rating, and it must remain solidly
connected. Caution should also be exercised when connecting instruments to the secondary socket.
Ron, via email.
Comment: the designer of that circuit, Mark Hallinan,
responds: current transformers do indeed generate dangerously high voltages when disconnected from their burden resistors.
However, in industrial installations, the burden resistance is often very remote from the current transformer, with
multiple connections in between that may go open-circuit
at some stage. As you write, this will present dangerous
voltages on otherwise ‘safe’ low-voltage circuits.
In the case of the Mains Monitor, the burden resistor and
10
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
A selection of our
best selling soldering
irons and accessories at
great Jaycar value!
25W Soldering Iron TS1465 $22.95
Build, repair or service with our
Soldering Solutions.
We stock a GREAT RANGE of gas and electric soldering irons,
solder, service aids and workbench essentials.
ESD Safe Tweezer Set
TH1760 $29.95
Solder Flux
NS3070 $21.95
Precision Angled Cutters
TH1897 $27.95
1.5 to 3mm Desolder Braid
NS3026-NS3028 $9.95EA
0.71mm & 1mm Solder
NS3001-NS3096 FROM $4.55
240V Fume Extractor
TS1580 $79.95
PCB Holder with LED Magnifier
TH1987 $41.95
48W Soldering Station
TS1564 $149
160pc Heatshrink Pac
k
WH5524 $29.95
Shop at Jaycar for soldering essentials:
• Battery, gas and electric
soldering irons & stations
• Wide range of solder
• Desoldering braid & tools
Explore our great range of soldering gear, in stock on our
website, or at over 115 stores or 130 resellers nationwide.
• Soldering iron stands, cleaners
& PCB holders
• Heatshrink tubing
• Tools & service aids
jaycar.com.au
Prices correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
1800 022 888
current transformer are in the same enclosure. The burden resistor is soldered directly across the rear terminals
of the BNC connector, so an open circuit in the wiring to
the transformer cannot present a voltage risk to the monitoring equipment. Even with 10A flowing in the primary
circuit, the 100W resistor will only dissipate 10mW, so virtually any resistor should have sufficient ratings.
Constructors willing to take on mains projects are likely
capable of securely soldering a resistor to a BNC connector.
Still, your comments remain valid, and the output should
be checked under static and load conditions before pressing the unit into service.
The mains waveform is often very distorted
I enjoyed the February 2024 issue, particularly the Mains
Power-Up Sequencer project (siliconchip.au/Series/412).
The scope graphs on page 49 attracted my attention, as they
show the same flattened peaks I am seeing on my homebuilt energy meter (the green curve in the screenshot below).
I first noticed the flat tops when I commissioned my prototype energy meter with a measuring circuit based on the
one published in your August 2016 issue (siliconchip.au/
Series/302). My first thought was that there was a problem with the design, but I eventually measured the mains
supply with an oscilloscope to find that the display on my
power meter was correct after all.
I tried to find a ‘clean’ mains supply to confirm my
energy meter was working correctly, so I visited a good
friend of mine who is an electronics engineer and lives in
an off-grid household, thinking that his inverter supply
is not subject to the nasties found in the public grid. The
12
Silicon Chip
result had pretty much the same flat tops I saw at my place.
My friend and I surmise that the flat-top voltage distortion is due to non-linear loads, which make up the majority of power consumers these days, and seem to be strong
enough to distort the grid supply. The screenshot of my
energy meter also shows the current curve (blue), confirming the nature of the switch-mode type load.
Please ignore the Power Factor reading in the screenshot, as the current is too low for a stable reading, so it is
artificially kept at 1.00 on the display. However, the difference between the W and VA readings indicates a low PF.
The scope screenshots in the February 2024 issue of Silicon Chip gave me some confidence that I’m not the only
one suffering voltage distortion in the supply grid.
However, Mark Hallinan in Woolloongabba shows a
perfectly sinusoidal supply voltage in his mains monitor
on page 44 of the same issue. The Queensland mains supply may not be as easily distorted as in Victoria and NSW.
Does Queensland have more large spinning generators and,
therefore, a lower supply impedance than here, where we
have many large- and small-scale inverters?
Erwin Bejsta, Wodonga, Vic.
Comment: we think this is due to various factors such as
distance from the generators, the type of loads found in
the area (motors won’t lead to flat-topping, but switchmode power supplies and transformer/rectifier/capacitor
supplies will) and so on. Flat topping seems very common
in cities and urban areas but less common in rural areas.
On X2 capacitor degradation
I would like to comment on the Power-up Mains
Sequencer project published in the February and March
issues. The 470nF capacitor that supplies power to the
electronics needs to be better than a garden-variety X2
capacitor. The problem is that poly caps across the mains
degrade over time; the capacitance reduces as a function
of their ‘self-healing’.
A long time ago, I designed a product using X2 capacitors
similarly, although they were functionally more like the
22nF cap in your design, ie, feeding zero-crossing detectors. After about a year or two on the market, the products
started giving problems, which were traced to these capacitors having degraded in value.
The solution was to use high-stability caps in that position. They had a higher voltage rating and actually consisted of two capacitor elements in series. We encountered
no more problems after that.
David Timmins, Sylvania Southgate, NSW.
Comment: you are right that this is a problem, but we think
it is more due to capacitor quality than type. For example,
we’ve seen brand-new appliances where the X2 capacitor value has dropped dramatically, causing them to fail.
Replacing it with one purchased from Jaycar, we noted that
for the same capacitance and voltage rating, the new part
was much larger. It has worked fine ever since.
Note that we have been using X2 capacitors in this role
for many years across many projects, and we haven’t had
complaints about failures (although that doesn’t necessarily mean they never failed). Still, components have a
limited lifetime; we expect the electrolytic capacitors to
cause problems sooner than X2 capacitors, although it
depends on the manufacturer and the quality of the parts
in both cases.
SC
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 13
Computerised
Traffic Management
By Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
If you are frustrated sitting in traffic now, you may take solace in the
fact that it could be far worse without computerised traffic management.
Australia is a world leader in many of the traffic management systems
Image source: https://unsplash.com/photos/aerial-photo-of-vehicles-on-highway-XICpU0Aulr0
described in this article.
S
treets and intersections with light
traffic, such as suburban and country roads, generally do not require
automated traffic flow control. They
might instead use Give Way signs, Stop
signs, or roundabouts to prevent traffic conflicts and keep traffic flowing.
However, beyond a certain level of
traffic flow, traffic lights are typically
installed to control traffic better and
prevent blockages.
Contrary to popular belief, traffic lights are not always beneficial.
Although traffic lights can reduce
the likelihood of T-bone collisions,
they can increase the likelihood of
14
Silicon Chip
rear-end collisions. For example, the
city of Philadelphia, USA, found that
“… replacing (traffic) signals by multiway stop signs on one-way streets is
associated with a reduction in crashes
of approximately 24%”.
Famous Dutch traffic engineer Hans
Monderman said that stripping all
traffic controls from a city resulted in
safer roads (www.wired.com/2004/12/
traffic). I have also observed that traffic seems to flow more smoothly when
a set of traffic lights is out of service.
Regardless of the benefits or drawbacks of traffic lights, we are stuck with
them. Given that, the best way to keep
Australia's electronics magazine
traffic moving is to coordinate them so
drivers are not forced to stop at every
intersection. There are levels of traffic management beyond that, intending to keep traffic flowing as fast and
smoothly as possible across an entire
road network.
Examples of other traffic control
strategies are variable speed limits,
lane direction changes, ramp entry
timings (metering), variable tolling
and even changing the traffic direction
of entire roads. As an example, some
motorway onramps in Sydney’s North
Shore change to offramps at certain
times of day, depending on demand.
siliconchip.com.au
CNC - WATERJET CUTTING
The world’s first desktop waterjet.
standup.
desktop.
TILES
Now cut anything
with digital precision
using high-pressure water
COPPER
GLASS
STEEL
ALUMINIUM
WAZER is the first desktop water jet that cuts any hard or soft material
with digital precision. The high velocity jet uses a combination of high
pressure water and abrasive particles to cut through the work piece.
With WAZER, we’re bringing this advanced technology to any size
workshop.
• Cuts Any Material: Metal, Stone, Glass, Ceramic, Composite, Plastic,
Rubber & Foam
• Compact size fits in any work space
• Brings professional-grade fabrication into any workshop
• Ideal for on demand cutting of custom parts
• In-house capabilities reduces costly outsourcing
• Great for prototyping, manufacturing, fine art, & instruction
• Simple set up. Just connect to standard electricity, water & drain
• Cold cutting. No heat. No fumes. No need for ventilation
• Quickly go from design to cutting. Takes any DXF or SVG file
• Assembled in the USA
Wazer Specifications
Cutting Table Capacity
www.machineryhouse.com.au/register
card
460mm
Manual
Rapid Traverse (X & Y Axis)
Absolute Positioning Accuracy
1500m/mm
0.08mm
Max Pump Pressure
4600psi
Max Water Usage
1.9L/min
CNC System
WAZER
Nesting Software
WAZER WAM
Drawing File
.dxf, .svg
Garnet Delivery
150g/min
Garnet Hopper Capacity
Material
WAZER can cut
through sheets of
any material including
metal, stone, glass,
ceramic,composites,
plastic, rubber, and foam.
13.5kg
2 x 240VAC
10amp plugs
Power
Order Code
PRICE
PRICE
ex GST
inc GST
Desktop
Standup
W08720
W08720S
$14,650 $16,250
$16,115
$17,875
View and purchase these items online: www.machineryhouse.com.au/SIC2404
SYDNEY
BRISBANE
MELBOURNE
(03) 9212 4422
(08) 9373 9999
1/2 Windsor Rd,
Northmead
625 Boundary Rd,
Coopers Plains
4 Abbotts Rd,
Dandenong
11 Valentine St,
(02) 9890 9111
Specifications and prices are subject to change without notification.
(07) 3715 2200
PERTH
Kewdale
ADELAIDEY
OPENING JUL
03_SC_290424
Gift
SIGN-UP
305mm
Y Axis Travel
Z Axis Travel
Go from design to cutting, fast
WAZER’s web-based software WAM is fast and easy. Load your design
file into WAM and prepare your cut in minutes. There is no need for a
dedicated PC, WAM is compatible with Chrome, Internet Explorer, Safari,
Firefox web browsers.
TO WIN PRIZES &
RECEIVE DISCOUNTS
305 x 460mm
X Axis Travel
It is important to bear in mind that,
no matter how advanced any traffic management system is, if there is
insufficient physical road infrastructure to suit the demand, there will
still be slowdowns or stoppages. However, the severity of those problems
can sometimes be reduced with good
management.
This doesn’t just apply to cars,
motorbikes, trucks and coaches. Bad
traffic flow can also impede public
transport vehicles such as buses and
trams, as well as bicycle riders.
Modern electronic traffic management comes within the purview of
‘Intelligent Transport Systems’ (ITS).
ITS uses information and communications technologies, traffic sensors and
software to manage a road transportation system.
Cooperative ITS (C-ITS) involves
road users communicating with each
other, plus local and central traffic
management systems, to improve
safety and efficiency.
Adaptive traffic control is a means
by which traffic signal timing, variable speed limits, entry onto motorways (ramp metering), lane direction
changes and other techniques can be
varied to optimise traffic flows according to demand.
Loosely speaking, a “platoon” of
vehicles (or the French version of
the word, peleton) is a group of vehicles travelling together. More strictly
speaking, it refers to groups of vehicles
travelling very closely together as part
of an intelligent transportation system,
with a controlled distance between
them, much like the carriages of a train.
If platooning is fully automated, it
allows increased capacity on a given
road, reduces air resistance (lowers
fuel consumption) and reduces collisions, although it may result in lesser
driver attention. Adaptive cruise control (where a radar or camera is used
to keep a constant distance from the
vehicle in front) enables a primitive
form of platooning.
A major objective of traffic signal
coordination or “progression” is to
allow a group or platoon of cars travelling along a particular route to get a
highly desirable “green wave”, passing through many consecutive intersections without stopping. A motorist’s dream...
Important parameters
Before covering traffic management
16
Silicon Chip
methods, we should explain what traffic flow parameters need monitoring
and possibly adjustment. The basic
variables to be dealt with and controlled as part of any traffic management strategy are as follows:
• Volume or traffic flow – the number of vehicles passing a fixed point,
measured in vehicles per hour.
• Speed – vehicle speed, instantaneous or average, either individually
or as a stream. It is typically measured
in kilometres per hour (km/h).
• Concentration or density – the
number of vehicles occupying a given
length of road at an instant in time,
measured in vehicles per kilometre
or metre.
• Headway – the interval between
vehicles passing a fixed point, measured in seconds per vehicle.
• Spacing or distance headway –
the distance between vehicles passing
a certain fixed point, typically measured in metres per vehicle.
• Occupancy – a measure of the proportion of time vehicles are stationary
at a specific point in a lane, such as
over a detector loop or other sensor. It
is reported as a percentage.
As part of any traffic management
system, a wide variety of sensors must
collect data like the above, to be analysed and acted upon in real time. They
can use techniques such as:
• A light beam that’s broken when
a vehicle passes.
• An inductive loop that detects the
metal of a vehicle above.
• Analysis of radar returns.
• Image analysis from a camera.
• Observations from within the traffic stream, such as via smartphones.
• Active vehicle identification,
such as at tolling points.
• Other methods, which we will
discuss later.
Traffic signals (traffic lights)
The modern traffic light or signal is the most fundamental form of
electronic traffic management. The
first traffic signals (for horse-drawn
vehicles) were installed in London
in 1868.
They used semaphore-style indicators; the first electric traffic lights were
installed in Cleveland, Ohio in 1912.
The first four-way, three-colour traffic
lights were installed in Detroit, Michigan in 1920.
All of those were manually controlled, but by 1922, traffic lights were
Australia's electronics magazine
controlled electronically by automatic timers, saving vast amounts of
labour. Australia’s first traffic lights
were installed in Sydney in 1933 (see
siliconchip.au/link/abu2). Additional
traffic lights were not installed in Australia until 1937.
Computers started to be used to
control traffic lights in the 1950s. In
1963, Toronto, Canada implemented
a computerised traffic light system
that controlled intersections across
the city with communication over
leased phone lines, using 1000 vehicle detectors.
That system was initially responsible for 500 intersections, with the
control computer able to handle 1164
intersections. However, Toronto was
rapidly expanding, and the computer
was running out of capacity, so the
system was upgraded in the early
1980s.
Also in 1963, SCATS (Sydney Coordinated Adaptive Traffic System)
started controlling eight intersections
in Sydney’s CBD. We’ll come back to
that system later.
At the most basic level, traffic signals can be either fixed-time or actuated. Fixed-time or interval-based
operation means the signals operate
according to a fixed sequence and
timing, repeating the same sequence
regardless of the number of vehicles
on each road. The timing of such signals may change according to a schedule. Such signals are now rarely used
in Australia.
Traffic-actuated or phase-based signals rely on the input from sensors,
such as an inductive loop in the road,
to determine timing and sequencing
and adjust their operation according
to traffic demand. That is for just one
set of signals for one isolated, non-
coordinated intersection. Beyond that,
sets of traffic signals at multiple locations can be coordinated to facilitate
the green wave.
Isolated traffic-actuated and fixedtime controls are now not generally
used in Australia since the increased
adoption of SCATS Master Isolated
(SMI) control.
A SCATS controller may be run in its
regular mode, linked to a regional computer as part of a wide-area traffic control system, or in an isolated mode for
single non-coordinated intersections.
When running a non-
coordinated
intersection, SMI still uses SCATSstyle adaptive algorithms.
siliconchip.com.au
Types of traffic light sequences
include:
• Fixed sequence that never varies.
• Tr a f f i c - a c t u a t e d s k i p p e d
sequence, where some sequences are
skipped if there is no traffic needing
a certain sequence.
• Variable sequence that uses near
real-time measurement of traffic via
detectors to constantly adjust timing
and sequences according to demand.
• Priority sequence, inserting a
sequence to accommodate a train,
bus or tram.
• Forced sequence, determined
by a master controller in a centrally-
coordinated system.
There is also emergency vehicle priority or ‘preemption’ where traffic signal phasing can be adjusted to facilitate the passage of emergency vehicles,
using techniques such as:
• In-vehicle transponder.
• Emergency sequences activated
from stations or facilities near traffic
signals to clear traffic.
• GPS tracking of an emergency
vehicle, communicated to a central
controller to implement appropriate
sequences as the vehicle arrives at
each intersection.
• A phone call to a central traffic
control office to implement appropriate sequencing along the emergency
vehicle route.
Traffic signal coordination
If you ever get a run of green lights
(green wave), it is likely the result of
traffic signal coordination to time the
length & duration of the green phases.
This concept is called “traffic signal
progression”; it is “the practice of coordinating the operations of two or more
signalised intersections” – see Fig.1.
The problem gets more complicated
the more sets of traffic lights are to be
coordinated, and even more complex
when considering crosswise traffic
flows. Crosswise traffic might experience increased delays in such a system. Pedestrian movements and other
road users also have to be considered.
Traffic signal terminology
Each possible legal trajectory of traffic at an intersection is called a movement. At a basic two-way intersection,
there can be 12 movements, with traffic in each approach being able to go
left, right or straight ahead.
A traffic signal phase is a set of traffic signal indications applying to vehicles or pedestrians, allowing simultaneous non-conflicting legal movements. For example, a phase might
Offset reference point is beginning of first co-ordinated phase yellow
Fig.1: traffic lights can be synchronised to avoid vehicles having to stop and go constantly, but there are limits to such
synchronisation. The purple and blue lines represent the outer limits of a green wave. Original source: www.kittelson.
com/ideas/pros-and-cons-of-signal-coordination/
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 17
Fig.2: an example of an intersection with three phases and parallel pedestrian
movement. Original source: https://austroads.com.au/ (Guide to Traffic
Management Part 9, page 81).
Fig.3: traffic light phases (intervals). Original source: https://austroads.com.au/
(Guide to Traffic Management Part 9, page 222).
Fig.4: the desired sequence of
operations for a four-way intersection,
which can be implemented in a
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC),
microcontroller or other means, or
in earlier times, electromechanically
with relays and timers.
have north-south traffic seeing green
in both directions while also allowing
left turns for both sets of traffic.
A particular phase in the sequence
can be skipped if there is no demand
for it; eg, a right turn phase could be
skipped if no cars are waiting to turn.
Fig.2 illustrates an intersection with
three phases.
Phase sequence is the order of
phases in a signal cycle. These may be
fixed or altered according to demand.
Signal groups are sets of individual lights that share the same colour
and are all activated for a particular
phase. They are identified by which
phase they belong to, such as the green
lights associated with phases A, B or
C in Fig.2.
A cycle is a complete rotation
through all possible phases. The cycle
time is the time taken to move through
all possible phases (sequences) at an
intersection.
An interval refers to the change
from one phase to another, either the
running phase interval (green) or the
clearance phase interval (yellow and
some red) – see Fig.3.
Phase split is the proportional of
cycle time a given phase is displayed.
Offsets are the time relationships
between green phases of successive
sets of signals when the system is
coordinated.
Vehicle detectors may obtain information for either ‘strategic’ or ‘tactical’ purposes. Strategic information is used to compute cycle length,
phase splits and signal offsets. Tactical
information is used to determine the
demand or duration of phases.
The traffic controller
Original source: https://
instrumentationtools.com/plc-based4-way-traffic-light-control-system/
18
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
The traffic signal controller is the
heart of a set of traffic signals. Older
ones contained relays and mechanical timers, while modern types are
microprocessor-controlled and receive
inputs from various sources. They generate various outputs and communicate with other controllers and central
management systems.
Typical traffic signal sequencing is
shown in Fig.4, while the inputs, outputs and communications for a typical
controller are shown in Fig.5.
One Australian company making
traffic controllers is Aldridge Traffic
Controllers, now owned by Siemens
Mobility (siliconchip.au/link/abu1).
They designed and manufactured
the ATSC4 Adaptive Traffic Signal
siliconchip.com.au
Controller (Fig.6). It can manage up to
32 signal (phase) group displays with
up to 64 inputs from vehicles, pedestrians or emergency services.
It can operate in standalone mode
or as part of an Intelligent Transportation System such as SCATS. It can
communicate via Ethernet with a local
network or 4G modem, ADSL or PSTN
networks, supports VC6 SCATS protocol and DSRC (Dedicated Short Range
Communications, see later) and comes
with advanced software.
Preventing hazardous signal
combinations
It would be disastrous if all signals
at an intersection showed green simultaneously. This can be prevented by
interlocked switching and/or conflict
monitoring. For example, in relay- Fig.5: operation of a modern traffic signal controller. Original source: https://
controlled circuits, if one signal group austroads.com.au/ (Guide to Traffic Management Part 9, page 85).
shows green, the conflicting signal
◀ Fig.6: the ATSC4 Adaptive Traffic
groups are forced to red.
Signal Controller, which is
This can be done by methods like
SCATS compatible. Source: www.
cutting the power to conflicting green
aldridgetrafficcontrollers.com.au/
signals when one is activated. In solid-
products/traffic-signal-controllers/
state relay controlled systems, the outatsc4
puts must be monitored to ensure safe
signal groups and avoid unsafe groups,
as per Fig.7.
Traffic sensors
It is necessary to measure the traffic
flow to control traffic. There are various ways of doing that. Stationary
sensors can measure traffic flow, but
in other cases, the data comes from
vehicles. The latter example is known
as Floating Car Data (FCD). FCD can
also be used by Apps like Google Maps
and Waze to provide information about
road hazards such as accidents, construction works, potholes etc.
Automatic Number Plate
Recognition (ANPR)
ANPR is used for tolling and legal
compliance but can also provide traffic flow data. Optical character recognition is used along with algorithms
to locate the position of the number
plate in an image.
Bicycle and pedestrian counters
Some traffic management systems
include bicycle counters. Bicycles are
counted using much the same technology as cars. One example at Veloway
1 in Woolloongabba, Queensland is
shown on the Department of Transport’s website (siliconchip.au/link/
abu3). It uses a camera and artificial
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7: safe and unsafe combinations of signals. Original source: https://
austroads.com.au/ (Guide to Traffic Management Part 9, page 88).
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 19
Fig.8: a pedestrian counting system in the City of Melbourne.
Source: www.pedestrian.melbourne.vic.gov.au/#date=26-022024&sensor=RMIT14_T&time=15
intelligence (AI) to classify traffic as
either pedestrians, cyclists or riders
of some other device.
There is a Pedestrian Counting
System in the City of Melbourne (see
siliconchip.au/link/abtq). It uses laser
or thermal sensors to record pedestrian movements. The sensors are
connected to a 4G wireless data transmission system, a central server and
a visualisation system. The data can
be seen with an online visualisation
tool at www.pedestrian.melbourne.
vic.gov.au (see Fig.8).
People-counting systems are also
used for measuring occupancy in
places such as shopping centres, entertainment venues, libraries, government buildings and retail stores.
Cameras
Software can be used to analyse
video streams from any source to
count and classify vehicle traffic. Such
cameras typically use AI and machine
learning (ML). An example is shown
in Fig.9.
Fig.9: analysing a video stream using the Camlytics software (https://camlytics.
com/). Some software does offline analysis, like this one, while others do it in
real-time. Source: https://camlytics.com/solutions/car-counting
Fig.10: how an inductive loop traffic sensor works. Original source: www.
researchgate.net/publication/287003681
20
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
Mobile phone data (FCD)
Tracking mobile phone signals from
car users requires no roadside or other
infrastructure, and nearly all cars have
at least one mobile phone on board.
Privacy concerns aside, no specific
permission is required to do this, as
mobile phone towers already obtain
such data as part of their function.
Location and speed data is obtained
via triangulation of the phone signal
and hand-over data from tower to
tower. Collecting such data from large
numbers of phones enables traffic flow
to be monitored (and, incidentally,
pedestrian traffic).
Inductive loop sensors
Inductive loop traffic sensors have
an insulated wire loop or loops embedded in the roadway to detect traffic –
see Fig.10. You can often see where
they are because the road has been cut
and resealed to embed the wire. The
loop is energised at 10-200kHz. It acts
as a tuned circuit that changes in frequency when a mass of metal, such as
a car, is nearby.
This change in frequency is detected
by the associated electronics and interpreted as the presence of a vehicle.
One problem with such loops is that
they may not register the presence of
a small vehicle such as a motorcycle,
scooter or bicycle. We have also seen
siliconchip.com.au
cases where people stop short of the
sensor and never get a green light!
Figs.11 & 12:
the TIRTL
processor
(left) and
transmitter
(below).
Source:
CEOS Pty
Ltd.
GPS data (FCD)
Some phone apps like Google Maps
and Waze (now owned by Google)
upload GPS data, which is used for
various purposes, such as choosing
optimal routes to avoid traffic. In a
sense, it is ‘crowdsourced’ traffic data.
Infrared sensors
An example of an infrared traffic
sensor is the Australian-developed
TIRTL (The Infra-Red Traffic Logger)
– see Figs.11 & 12. It consists of an
infrared transmitter and receiver on
opposite sides of the road. As vehicles interrupt the beams, it can record
the number and type of vehicles, their
speed and which lane they are in.
The information can be logged for
statistical purposes or traffic control.
It can also be connected to a red light
and/or speed camera to record violations, detect over-height and overlength vehicles, be used for bus lane
enforcement and various other applications. Some of its operating modes
are shown in Fig.13.
It is a product of CEOS (www.ceos.
com.au/products/tirtl/) and is used in
twenty countries. Commercial sales
started in 2002.
Fig.13: some of the operating modes of the TIRTL. Original source: www.ceos.
com.au/products/tirtl/
Piezoelectric sensors
Piezoelectric material converts
stress into an electric charge, which
can be measured to detect a load such
as a vehicle. They can detect the number of vehicles, number of axles, vehicle speed and weight.
Pneumatic road tubes
These familiar devices, used on a
temporary basis for traffic surveys,
consist of one or more rubber tubes
across a road. They sense vehicles as
they drive over and compress air in
the tube, activating a switch in the
electronics box at the side of the road.
Software can determine the number of axles and speed of the vehicle,
plus the number of vehicles that pass.
With two tubes, the travel direction
can be sensed.
Radar sensors
Radar sensors measure road traffic
and perform tasks such as counting
and classification, incident detection,
wrong-way detection, ramp metering,
lane blockage detection and queue
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.14: lane-specific forward-looking radar detection using a smartmicro device
(right) compared to a side-mounted radar device (left).
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 21
Fig.15: the smartmicro-MLR MultiLane Radar detector mounted on a
pole. Source: www.yunextraffic.com/
wp-content/uploads/2023/06/YunexTraffic_Smartmicro-MLR_EN.pdf
length measurement, among others.
Objects such as pedestrians, bicycles,
motorbikes, passenger cars, transporters, short trucks and long trucks can
be sensed and classified.
One such device from smartmicro
(www.smartmicro.com) has multiple
forward-firing beams, can simultaneously detect 256 vehicles and provide
lane-specific detection for up to 12
lanes with a 500m range (see Fig.14).
The device (Fig.15) can also be used to
trigger speed and/or red light cameras.
Detecting emergency vehicles
A typical “emergency vehicle preemption” system involves an emitter
attached to an emergency vehicle, a
detector at a traffic signal and an optical signal processor. As an emergency
or other priority vehicle approaches a
signal, optical emissions are detected,
and the signals switch to green for the
emergency vehicle.
A typical installation is shown in
Fig.16, as per VicRoads specification
TCS 055-1-2005. VicRoads uses the
Tomar STROBECOM II emitter, detector and optical signal processor (see
siliconchip.au/link/abtr).
Fig.16: a typical emergency vehicle preemption system. Original source: www.
vicroads.vic.gov.au/-/media/files/technical-documents-new/its-specificationstcs/specification-tcs-055--emergency-vehicle-preemption.ashx
adjusting speed limits, changing freeway ramp entry timing etc. Products
that do this include:
Australian Integrated Multimodal
EcoSystem (AIMES)
AIMES is described as a “worldfirst living laboratory based on the
streets of Melbourne, established to
test highly integrated transport technology with a goal to deliver safer,
cleaner and more sustainable urban
transport outcomes”.
It is an experimental system by the
University of Melbourne, the Victorian
Department of Transport and Planning,
and industry partners.
It uses a mesh of individual smart
sensors to track pedestrians, cyclists
and traffic within a city’s transport
system of intersections, tramways, bus
routes and traffic signals. The goal is to
achieve more efficient and productive
use of transport infrastructure.
It is said to be the world’s first and
largest ecosystem for testing new transport management technologies, incorporating 100km of roads bounded by
Lygon & Hoddle Streets and Victoria
& Alexandra Parades in Melbourne.
Information from such a system could
be used to operate a driverless car or
improve pedestrian or cyclist safety.
A 2.5km test corridor along Nicholson Street in inner Melbourne with
comprehensive monitoring and sensors at every intersection provides
improved traffic flow and safety for all
types of vehicles and traffic.
The Nicholson Street intelligent
corridor integrates data from existing
sources such as CCTV footage, Bluetooth signals from personal devices,
the Sydney Coordinated Adaptive
Traffic System (SCATS), General Transit Feed Specification (GTFS) and sensors specifically installed for AIMES
– see Fig.17.
Vehicle re-identification (FCD)
Vehicles can be detected at one location and then at another location. This
enables travel time and speed to be
calculated between pairs or groups of
sensors. A vehicle can be sensed by the
MAC address of any Bluetooth device
in the car, by reading RFID serial numbers from devices such as toll tags or
using number plate recognition.
Traffic management systems
Once traffic data is collected, it
needs to be analysed and appropriate actions taken. Possible actions
include altering traffic signal timings,
22
Silicon Chip
Fig.17: the “Kapsch Intelligence Corridor”, featuring part of the AIMES
Nicholson Street “intelligent corridor” in Melbourne.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Machine learning and analysis are
used to process CCTV images, then the
EcoTrafiX platform is used to visualise and manage sensor data. Cloudbased AI and predictive models are
also used.
According to Dr Neema Nassir, the
system uses “machine learning models that can optimise – through millions of simulation executions – the
best right-of-way allocation, or the
best green traffic light time allocation
for competing modes and competing
volumes”.
ARCADY
Assessment of Roundabout Capacity
and Delay from the Transport Research
Laboratory, UK (https://trl.co.uk/) is
used to model roundabouts and “...
predict capacities, queues, delays and
accident risk at roundabouts”.
COMPASS
This traffic management system in
Ontario, Canada, uses in-road traffic
sensors to measure the speed and traffic flow on freeways. The data goes to
a central computer so operators can
view the data and cameras. They use
the McMaster algorithm to change
message signs and speed limits.
Kapsch EcoTrafiX
This traffic visualisation and management platform (www.kapsch.net/
en) is from Austria; see Fig.18. It
includes traffic signal control, adaptive traffic control, event management,
traffic prediction, travel information,
data fusion and more.
Other Kapsch products used in
Australia and NZ are toll collection
systems in Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane and Auckland using Dedicated
Short-Range Communications (DSRC),
video-based detection and classification and Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR); the Nicholson Street
intelligent corridor and AIMES and the
Eastlink tolling system in Melbourne.
In Queensland, they demonstrated
a Cooperative Intelligent Transport
System (C-ITS) to send warning messages about road works to appropriately equipped vehicles.
MASSTR
Meadowlands Adaptive Signal System for Traffic Reduction (www.njsea.
com/transportation/masstr/) is an
adaptive traffic control system used
in the New Jersey (US) Meadowlands
area, coordinating 125 traffic signals.
It uses the Australian-designed SCATS
software and is its fourth-
l argest
deployment worldwide.
McMaster Algorithm
This is a widely used traffic congestion detection algorithm based on
the mathematical branch known as
catastrophe theory. Speed, flow and
lane occupancy (density) are analysed.
If there is a dramatic loss in speed
without a corresponding drop in flow
and density, that suggests an incident
has occurred.
MOVA
Microprocessor Optimised Vehicle
Actuation from the Transport Research
Laboratory (UK) was introduced in the
1980s for controlling isolated sets of
traffic signals.
NoTraffic
NoTraffic (https://notraffic.tech/),
founded in 2017 in Israel, is the
world’s first AI-powered traffic management platform that fuses data from
traffic sensors such as cameras, radar
and information from vehicles via V2X
(see later) and IoT technology with
artificial intelligence.
AI is used for NoTraffic’s computer
vision neural networks and traffic optimisation algorithms. NoTraffic can be
retrofitted at any intersection to connect it ‘to the cloud’. It can run in a
fully autonomous mode, communicating with other intersections, road
users and managers.
Managers establish intersection and
corridor policies with NoTraffic (see
Fig.19). AI is used to classify and manage traffic according to those policies
to maximise road capacity (see Fig.20).
NoTraffic also provides information
so traffic managers can better understand road networks by “understanding the root cause of traffic issues and
applying the most relevant and effective solutions on a case-by-case basis”.
NoTraffic can communicate with
connected vehicles via V2X to provide alerts and rerouting information
for accidents and hazards (see Fig.21).
Fig.18: the
Kapsch
EcoTrafiX
software.
Source:
NYSERDA
Department of
Transportation
siliconchip.au/
link/abu4
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 23
It operates in Arizona and California,
USA, among other places.
One recently demonstrated capability of the system is the ability to detect
a “red light runner” approaching an
intersection and warn drivers with a
green light going in other directions to
stop to avoid a collision (see https://
youtu.be/aEuyUY28qzc).
The NoTraffic video channel can
be found at www.youtube.com/<at>
NoTraffic
Fig.19: NoTraffic allows intersection policies to be set up on its dashboard.
OSCADY
Optimised Signal Capacity and
Delay is modelling software from the
Traffic Research Laboratory (UK) that
“calculates capacities, queues and
delays for isolated (uncoordinated),
traffic signal-controlled junctions. It
can evaluate a set of known signal timings, and optionally, it can optimise
stage (phase) lengths and/or cycle time
to minimise delay”.
PICADY
Priority Intersection Capacity and
Delay is modelling software from the
Traffic Research Laboratory (UK) for
the “prediction of capacities, queues,
delays and accidents at isolated priority junctions”.
Fig.20: NoTraffic uses AI to classify traffic types. Source: https://youtu.be/O_
Bpyuu_URI
Rayven
This Australian company offers an
IoT platform for a “traffic monitoring
and intelligent highway solution” to
integrate “infield devices, sensors,
third-party systems, and machinery
to deliver real-time and predictive
insights, as well as all-new capabilities to improve safety, maintenance,
and use.” It is primarily for monitoring rather than traffic management –
see siliconchip.au/link/abts
Fig.21: information that NoTraffic might display in a V2X-connected vehicle.
Source: https://youtu.be/O_Bpyuu_URI
SCATS
Sydney Coordinated Adaptive Traffic System was introduced in 1963 as
a pilot controlling eight intersections
in the Sydney CBD using valve-based
IBM equipment. By 1970, DEC PDP11 computers controlled intersections,
followed by microprocessor-based
traffic signal controllers in 1974.
SCATS is owned and developed by
Roads & Maritime Services (RMS) in
NSW. It is now used in many countries,
controlling 37,000 intersections, and
is considered one of the world’s leading adaptive traffic control systems.
4200 intersections in Sydney are
controlled by one SCATS system. In
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
24
Silicon Chip
Victoria, SCATS controls over 4000
intersections in Melbourne, Ballarat,
Bendigo, Traralgon, Geelong and
Mildura. SCATS is used in another
150 cities in 27 countries, including
the USA, Brazil, Singapore, India,
Malaysia, Ireland, South Africa, Fiji
and China.
SCATS runs on Microsoft Windows via one or more regional controllers and a central manager computer. A central manager can control
64 regional controllers (regions). Each
regional controller can manage 250
traffic signal controllers (intersections)
for a total of 16,000 intersections.
There is plenty of redundancy, as
each regional controller can continue
to operate even if communication with
the central manager is lost. If regional
controllers fail, there is a fall-back
mode to local individual intersection
control by the local traffic signal controller.
The ATSC4 traffic signal controller
is specifically designed to work with
SCATS. SCATS controls three principal signal parameters: cycle time,
phase split and offset.
SCATS works at two levels: strategic and tactical. At the strategic level,
regional controllers receive data from
vehicle detectors to assess flow and
occupancy data and optimise cycle
length, phase splits and offsets for an
area (groups of intersections).
At the tactical level, individual traffic signal controllers use data from
local vehicle sensors to omit signal
phases if no vehicles are waiting. Even
though there is tactical local control,
ultimately, the system is coordinated
by the regional controllers.
SCATS uses a measurement known
as the degree of saturation (DS), a
measure of road capacity utilisation
determined by traffic sensors during
green phases. A figure over one means
there is insufficient green time to
satisfy demand and the road is congested. Cycle length is adjusted to
keep DS around 0.9. Phase splits are
also adjusted to keep the DS about
equal for different approaches to the
intersection.
When using a SCATS traffic signal
controller (eg, the ATSC4) for the first
time, the signal controller will provide
the initial default timings. Then the
SCATS regional controller will start
to adjust the timings (self-calibrate)
according to the traffic flow at that
junction. It will attempt to balance
siliconchip.com.au
and coordinate flows between neighbouring junctions as demand requires.
SCATS can turn off coordination
between intersections if necessary,
such as during periods of light traffic when traffc at some intersections
might flow better without coordination.
SCATS can also prioritise the passage of certain vehicles, such as public
transport buses and trams. If a pedestrian presses a button to cross the road,
the signal phasing will be altered to
run the pedestrian phase. SCATS can
also be set for special events or other
special purposes.
VicRoads claims the following benefits from SCATS in Victoria: travel
times down by 21%, stops down by
40%, fuel consumption down by 12%
and fewer crashes due to smoother
traffic flow.
Fig.22 shows a SCATS interface
window. The pie chart (on the left)
shows the length of time for each
phase, while a map of the junction is
on the right, with the different signal
phases shown to its left.
SCOOT
The Split Cycle Offset Optimisation
Technique is an adaptive traffic control system for groups of traffic signals
that are close together. It was first introduced by the Traffic Research Laboratory (UK) in 1979. Its purpose is to
adjust signal timings based on input
from sensors to minimise delays. It is
used in 350 towns worldwide.
SURTRAC
Scalable Urban Traffic Control
(https://miovision.com/surtrac/) was
developed at Carnegie Mellon University in Pittsburgh, USA. It is an adaptive traffic control system that optimises traffic flows along corridors and
complex urban grid networks.
It uses artificial intelligence that
treats the “intersection control challenge” as a “single machine scheduling
problem” to optimise each intersection
and share information with neighbouring intersections, to enable coordination and control across the whole
network. The operational concept is:
1. Traffic conditions are established
from sensor data.
2. The appropriate traffic signal
phase schedule is computed for flow
optimisation at intersections.
3. The schedule is transmitted to
downstream intersections.
4. Rescheduling occurs every few
seconds.
It is used in Pittsburgh, USA and
Peterborough, Canada.
TRANSYT
(TRAffic Network StudY Tool)
This traffic modelling software was
introduced in 1967 by the Transport
Fig.22: a SCATS interface window. Source: www.aldridgetrafficcontrollers.
com.au/ArticleDocuments/230/Introduction_To_New_Generation_Scats_6_5.
pdf.aspx
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 25
Research Laboratory (UK) to optimise
signal timing and perform simulations for “designing, evaluating and
modelling everything from single isolated road junctions to large mixed
signal-controlled and priority control
traffic networks”.
The results from the modelling can
be used to optimise signal timing,
SCOOT timings, for performance prediction and platoon modelling.
UTC
Urban Traffic Control, from the Traffic Research Laboratory (UK), takes
data from SCOOT to coordinate traffic
signal controls over a wide area, such
as an urban road network.
Veronet
This traffic management system
uses artificial intelligence to manage
traffic and traffic signals, supporting
inflows and outflows for a city, and
optimising certain directions. It also
supports autonomous driving modes
for cars that support that mode. See
www.veronet.eu/home.html
Waze
This navigation software (Fig.23) is
“free” (because your data is the product). It is now owned by Google. It
collects vast amounts of user data for
driver navigation and other purposes.
However, traffic managers can also
feed that data to traffic management
software or use it to visualise traffic
flows, monitor conditions on key
routes and observe changes over time.
Heavy vehicle monitoring
in Australia
The National Heavy Vehicle Regulator operates a network of fixed digital cameras called the National Safety
Camera Network to monitor the movement of heavy vehicles by recording
number plate data. The network has
over 120 cameras covering more than
5800km of road across five jurisdictions with an average of 4.2 million
“sightings” per month.
According to their website, they
“use safety camera, registration, crash,
defect, intercept and infringement data
to generate profiling reports to identify
operators, vehicles, drivers and infrastructure of interest”.
There are also five mobile Automatic
Number Plate Recognition (ANPR)
cameras to detect the number plates
of passing heavy vehicles. Their website shows trailer-, vehicle- and dronemounted cameras. According to the
website, the mobile cameras are “used
to develop policies and programs to
increase road safety”.
Traffic Management Channel
The Traffic Management Channel
(TMC) is a worldwide system delivering digital traffic data via commercial FM broadcast stations that can
be displayed on a car’s built-in GPS
map system (or, in some cases, add-on
systems). It is incorporated into the
existing Radio Data System (RDS), typically used to transmit station identification and program information.
The protocols used for RDS-TMC
data are ALERT C or TPEG. Such data
can also be delivered via Digital Audio
Broadcasting (DAB) or satellite radio.
Information that can be delivered
relates to traffic events, containing an
event code, location code, expected
incident duration, affected extent and
any other relevant details.
Vehicle navigation systems can use
this data to generate an optimum route.
This system only requires the reception of an FM, DAB or satellite radio
signal from a cooperating broadcaster.
Intelematics Australia (www.
intelematics.com, owned by the
RACV) broadcasts encrypted RDSTMC data under the brand SUNA Live
Traffic to provide live traffic updates
to participating in-car navigation systems and compatible add-on GPS
devices. Originally, SUNA was only
transmitted via FM radio, but today,
it is also delivered over the mobile
data network.
According to the peak body for
advanced transport technology, ITS
Australia (https://its-australia.com.
au/), SUNA is used by 90% of vehicles in Australia and NZ.
According to ITS, their “road traffic
data is collected through thousands of
probes and sensors located on roads, in
vehicles and infrastructure” and “We
enrich our data using multiple proprietary sources and machine taught
algorithms”.
Intelematics has advised us that
SUNA will be discontinued.
In the past, Intelematics also maintained historical traffic databases that
could be used for future road and
traffic planning via the discontinued
software tool INSIGHT (siliconchip.
au/link/abtt).
The INSIGHT software tool allowed
visualisation of historic and present
real-time data of such parameters as
traffic volume or turning volume at
intersections over periods of 15 minutes, days, months or years. It allowed
the impact of various events or infrastructure changes to be determined.
VicRoads “Smarter Roads”
Fig.23: Waze data being used to manage traffic by the Port Authority of New
York and New Jersey. Source: https://support.google.com/waze/partners/
answer/10715145?hl=en
The VicRoads Smarter Roads program (see siliconchip.au/link/abu5)
includes CCTV, travel time sensors, live
travel information signs and pedestrian
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
26
Silicon Chip
crossing sensors. There are 2500 CCTV
cameras covering most suburban traffic
signals in Victoria, used by the Traffics
Operations Centre to monitor traffic
incidents and traffic flows. There are
also 400 wireless travel time sensors
and 43 live travel time signs.
According to VicRoads, these cameras are not used for law enforcement purposes, and the video is not
recorded, so it is not available for evidentiary purposes, such as for accident
liability. However, that could change.
Pedestrian detectors determine the
number of pedestrians waiting to cross
the road & prevent unnecessary waiting (https://youtu.be/vyyN92qT6OY).
They also monitor roadside air quality.
Fig.24: Sydney’s WestConnex road and tunnel network use Smart Motorways
technologies. Source: www.westconnex.com.au/explore-westconnex/
WestConnex Smart Motorways
WestConnex private motorways
around Sydney (Fig.24) use “Smart
Motorways”, their proprietary name,
for technologies such as vehicle detection, CCTV cameras, ramp signalling,
lane use management and variable
speed limits.
Smart Motorways are designed to
operate and integrate with the rest of
the Sydney (non-WestConnex) road
network and the existing SCATS system. WestConnex Motorway operations are controlled from the Motorway Control Centre (MCC) shown in
Fig.25.
Self-driving vehicles
Australia’s laws do not currently
support autonomous vehicles on public roads; the National Transport Commission released a policy paper on the
subject in 2022. An Automated Vehicle Safety Law (AVSL) is proposed by
2026 (siliconchip.au/link/abtu).
In the USA, California allowed
driverless taxis in San Francisco, but
permission was suspended after an
accident with a pedestrian. Similar
laws are under development in several countries.
V2X
V2X or “vehicle-to-everything”
refers to communication to and from
a vehicle for traffic management and
other purposes. V2X incorporates concepts such as those listed below and
shown in Fig.26:
• V2D (vehicle-to-device): Apple
CarPlay or Google Android Auto.
• V2G (vehicle-to-grid): connecting
an EV to a smart electrical grid.
• V2I (vehicle-to-infrastructure): a
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.25: Australia’s largest Motorway Control Centre (MCC) at St Peters, Sydney,
with 60 panels. It provides monitoring and incident response for the M4, M8
and M5 East motorways. Source: www.westconnex.com.au/media-releases/
australia-s-largest-motorway-control-centre-supporting-westconnex-motorists/
Braess’ Paradox
Braess’ Paradox is the counter-intuitive idea that adding an extra road can
increase the average travel time. Conversely, closing roads can sometimes
decrease travel time (of course, that isn’t always true!). The idea is used in
traffic planning and management. For example, a section of road could be
opened or closed depending on traffic conditions.
The basic problem is that drivers don’t know what other drivers are going
to do. If a new, high-capacity road is opened, many drivers who would otherwise take different routes might decide to use that road, resulting in their
paths intersecting and generating heavy traffic and delays.
If a smaller number of the drivers took the new road while others
remained on the smaller roads, the average travel time could decrease, but
that would require either good luck or coordination.
It is also applicable in electrical networks, biological networks and even
sports; for example, the addition of a champion player might decrease the
team’s overall efficiency if there is an over-reliance on that player.
For more information, see the video on “The Spring Paradox” at https://
youtu.be/Cg73j3QYRJc
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 27
vehicle communicating with traffic
lights, parking meters etc.
• V2N (vehicle-to-network): comms
via WiFi or the mobile network for
remote diagnostics and monitoring.
• V2P (vehicle-to-pedestrian):
provide alerts from vehicles to
pedestrians’ smartphones, coordination with pedestrian crossings, prediction of pedestrian behaviour, automatic sounding of vehicle horn.
• V2V (vehicle-to-vehicle):
exchanging data with neighbouring vehicles, such as warning of
Fig.26: some examples of V2X communications in a country that drives on
the right-hand side of the road. Original source: www.researchgate.net/
publication/279765559
vehicles or pedestrians that cannot
be seen directly due to obstacles, or
an approaching emergency vehicle.
Information for V2X can be obtained
from various sensors, as shown in
Fig.27. Sensor data management and
communication are performed by the
V2X OBU (On-Board Unit). An example of a commercial OBU is shown in
Fig.28.
The original V2X technology was
based on WLAN (Wireless LAN) IEEE
802.11p, which is now incorporated
into IEEE 802.11. The term used by
the SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers) for this technology is DSRC
(Dedicated Short Range Communication). In Europe, it is known as ITS G5.
DSRC has a range of up to about
1km, supporting V2I and V2X. Unfortunately, the DSRC systems used in
Europe, Japan and the USA are incompatible. In Australia, DSRC uses the
5.9GHz band. Australian E-Toll tags
use RFID transponders with a DSRC
protocol.
DSRC can also be used for cooperative cruise control, cooperative collision warning, warning of an approaching emergency vehicle and warning of
a railway level crossing.
3GPP C-V2X uses mobile networks
for V2X communications. C-V2X also
uses the 5.9GHz band, like DSRC, for
short-range communications and has
about 25% better range than DSRC.
There is no restriction on range as
long as a mobile tower is nearby. It
supports V2I, V2V and V2N. It was
originally based on 3G but now uses
5G. DSRC and C-2VX are competing
technologies.
Variable tolling
Fig.27: vehicle sensors that might be used for V2X communications and other
purposes. OBU stands for On-Board Unit. Original source: www.researchgate.
net/publication/279765559
Some authorities advocate variable
tolling, supposedly to reduce congestion, as a form of traffic management.
Such a scheme operates on the Sydney
Harbour Bridge. According to Wikipedia, it has been minimally effective,
only reducing traffic by 0.19%.
Other management systems
Fig.28: a Commsignia ITS-OB4 V2X on-board
unit (OBU). An equivalent roadside unit can receive data from units like this for
traffic management purposes. Source: www.itsinternational.com/its2/products/
commsignia-gets-green-light-c-v2x-units
28
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
Traffic management systems aren’t
just restricted to roads. Systems are
needed for air traffic management,
space traffic management (to ensure
satellites do not collide), rail traffic
management, sea and harbour traffic
management and even underwater
traffic management! Similar schemes
and approaches apply, but generally
with different sensors.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Project
Build It Yourself Electronics Centres®
DEALS
Get prepared for a big Winter of project building
with these savings. Only until May 31st.
195
$
Raspberry Pi 5
The latest generation Pi is here!
With 2-3x the speed of the previous
generation Pi. Grab yours for high
powered single board desktop
computing, IoT projects and more.
Now with
USB charging.
Get a crisp
close up view
Z 6302K 8GB
145
$
Z 6302J 4GB
42
X 0432B
Adjustable 5x-7x magnifier
with LED backlight. Great for
reading fine print . Includes
protective case.
SAVE $160
The CR-10 offers reliable large volume printing up to 30Wx30Dx40Hcm!
The dual port fan cooled hot end offers reliable and precise print quality whilst the
triangular design provides excellent stability. Heated print bed reduces warping, ensuring
great prints every time. This printer is great for anyone who needs to print larger designs
such as cosplay parts, architectural models & replacement parts.
M 8865
NEW!
SAVE 17%
59
$
$
C 9037C
.95
100W PD Charger Hub
Charge your phone, charge your
tunes! These wireless earbuds
sound great and are sweat
resistant. Includes 3 sets of
ear tips.
$
Print bigger with a Creality® CR-10 V2 3D Printer
39.95
Wireless Earbuds
With Powerbank
839
30 x 30 x 40cm
for
build volume .
ts
n
ri
p
er
rg
la
$
SAVE 15%
$
K 8606
This handy charging hub turns
a single USB type C power
delivery port into 5 x 20W
charging ports! Great for travel
or in the office.
1000’s
sold!
33
Bluetooth Car
Audio Adapter
Send TV sound to
your headphones!
Works as a hands free system
for calls plus plays audio from
your phone. USB C 20W PD
charger.
Transmits or receives audio
via Bluetooth. aptX low
latency - no lip sync issues!
Premium Lead Free Solder
Solder Holder
60/40 leaded resin core.
200 gram rolls.
Tin 99.3%, Copper 0.7%.
250gram rolls.
Durable all metal
design. Suits rolls up
to 1kg.
SAVE
UP TO 15%
25ea
$
T 1075 0.5mm
T 1078 0.8mm
T 1080 1mm
SAVE
UP TO 16%
T 1300A
49
$
A 1103B
X 0604C
Quality Leaded Solder
T 1090 0.5mm
T 1100 0.8mm
T 1110 1mm
SAVE 18%
SAVE 24%
15
50ea
$
$
*solder not included.
Your local electronics store since 1976. | www.altronics.com.au
Test & Tool
Upgrades.
UTP Cable Tracer
& Tracker
A must have for IT
technicians! Combines
a cable tracer & tester
in one unit. Injects an
audible signal down the
line, making it easy to find
specific lead. Requires 3 x
AA and 1 x 9V batteries.
SAVE $26
Powerful OBDII
Vehicle Analyser
99
.95
$
Iroda®
100W Portable
Gas Tool
T 2599 Kit
Blow torch & soldering
iron in one. Easy
to light, one-click
piezo ignition. 2 year
warranty. T 2599
kit version includes
hot air tip, heat
deflector, additional
gas cartridge, solder,
sponge and hard carry
case. Add T 2451
butane gas for $9.50.
Lockable Tool
Field Case
SAVE $15
129
$
79
A 35x26cm heat
resistant silicon
work mat, plus a
25x20cm magnetic
mat to keep screws
and materials organised while you
work.
30
$
65
$
Kit version
includes extra
tips & case.
Iroda®
High Output
Butane
Heat Gun
T 2592 Kit
SAVE 19%
80
$
SAVE $36
99
$
T 2498
Never lose
a tiny screw
again!
T 4015A
SAVE 18%
With tool pocket &
perforated foam inner
to keep equipment
secure. Ext. size:
445x330x128mm.
A high output butane
powered hot air
gun with two nozzle
attachments ideal
for heatshrinking,
paint removal and
much more! 3hr run
time. 550°C max.
SAVE 20%
T 5021
T 2598 Iron Only
SAVE $30
$
99
$
Do your own vehicle checks
and save $$$ chasing rogue
car issues! This handy plug
in analyser suits OBDII
equipped vehicles (most
brands post 2005). Detects
general and vehicle specific
codes and provides in depth
diagnostics for system
parameters. It can also
provide testing of the vehicle
battery charging system and
cranking battery test.
X 6017
T 2356
SAVE 24%
15
$
Rotating PCB Holder
T 2785A
T 2748A
SAVE 22%
SAVE 15%
19
30
$
$
Remove those fiddly circlips
with ease! Four jaws to suit
internal and external types
10-50mm.
5” Carbon Steel
Side Cutters
Tough carbon steel blades, stay
sharp longer. Ideal for cutting
solid core wires. 130mm.
55
$
11 Piece
Screwdriver
Set
Quality set of
flat blade & phillips screwdrivSAVE 14%
ers for general
repairs. Chrome
$
vanadium.
24
T 2198B
Buy 2 and
save 15%
T 2741A
T 2770B
VALUE!
15.95
SAVE 19%
A great general purpose soldering iron for repairs,
automotive cabling jobs etc. Can be converted into
a flameless heat gun, hot knife or blow torch with
additional tips (included in kit version).
Work on boards up to 200 x 140mm. Metal
base provides a sturdy work platform.
$
T 2590 Iron Only
Iroda® Solder-Pro 80W Gas Tool
Rust free!
Handy Circlip Pliers
Q 1341
T 2825B
VALUE!
2 For
19.95
22
$
$
Flat Nose Carbon
Steel Pliers
Stainless Steel
Long Nose Pliers
130mm Nipper Side
Cutters
Flat jaws (no serrations),
ideal for precision electronics
work. 145mm.
Rust Resistant - great for the
tackle box or use in moisture
prone environments. 130mm.
Ideal for cutting component legs
on boards, small core wiring,
cleaning up 3D prints etc.
Your one-stop electronics shop since 1976. | Order online at altronics.com.au
Dual 4K <at>
60Hz HDMI
outputs.
BONUS!
Pi HAT and
camera
friendly.
M8863A USB QC3.0/PD
Power Supply valued
at $29.95.
4GB on
board
memory
On-board BLE,
AC Wi-Fi & wired
ethernet
Pi friendly GPIO
connections
ROCK Model 4C+ The Pi alternative.
The ROCK 4C+ offers a reliable and high spec alternative to
Raspberry Pi. With all the same GPIO connections, form factor and
compatability with Pi 4 accessories such as HATs, cameras and
cases. You can get started quickly with a range of operating system
choices including Android, Debian and Ubuntu linux.
SAVE $18
50
$
133
$
ZR6302G
Top
seller!
SAVE 24%
Z 6385A
25
$
Design &
Create.
165pc Sensor
Parts Pack
SAVE $36
89
Includes a huge selection
$
of sensor boards, LEDs,
pots, jumper wires, a
Z 6315
breadboard, LCD screen
and much
more! A handy
storage case
keeps it neat
when you’re
finished building.
Includes links to
projects and example code.
Z 6467
Arduino UNO & Ethernet Board
ESP32 Wi-Fi & Bluetooth Board
Connect your Arduino design to the
internet-of-things with this handy W5500
ethernet board with atmega328p on
board. Fully UNO compatible with USB
download & micro SD slot.
A development board integrating
802.11b/g/n WiFi, Bluetooth 4.2 and BLE.
Fully Arduino compatible and perfect for
wireless projects. Compact, breadboard
friendly package.
Z 6513 5”
800x480
SAVE $35
85
$
SAVE $50
99
SAVE 24%
$
25
$
SAVE 20%
HDMI Touchscreens For Single Board Computers
19
• Great for integrated projects, game consoles, information stands,
mini PCs etc • Works with raspbian & ubuntu • HDMI connection.
Z 6387
$
ESP32 Camera Board
An ultra compact ESP32 based module
with on-board camera, Bluetooth BLE &
802.11n Wi-Fi. Ideal for building your own
IoT smart device projects. 5V input.
Lightweight
SG90 Servo
A great micro
servo for
lightweight
robotics
applications.
180 degree
rotation (±90°).
3.5-6V operation.
SAVE 20%
4 for
$
Z 6426
CAN-BUS Arduino Shield
Allows you to interface Arduino’s with
CAN-BUS control systems found in automotive electronics. Use an Arduino to build
your own vehicle monitors.
Z 6339
28
Z 6516A 7” 1024x600
SAVE 12%
20
Breadboards for
big designs!
Huge breadboards
with aluminium bases
for those designs
that are beyond the
scope of your average
breadboard! Easy power
connection via binding
posts.
$
DC-DC Boost Module
Z 6392
Allows a 3-34V DC input to be boosted up
between 4-35VDC. 2A rated. Input/output
voltage display.
P 1012A
1660 Hole
Must
have for the
electronics
maker!
SAVE 28%
SAVE 26%
35
$
42
$
P 1015A 2309 Hole
Z 6427
4
$ ea
SAVE 22%
14
21.95
$
$
Wi-Fi ESP8266 Relay Module
A handy Wi-Fi activated relay module for
wireless switching applications. Perfect for
use in home automation and IOT projects.
3A relay. 3.3V input.
S 4724 1100mAh
24.95
$
S 4725 2000mAh
Mini Li-Po 3.7V Battery Packs
Great for compact portable projects
requiring rechargeable power. S 4724: 51
x 34 x 6mm. S 4725: 56 x 56 x 8mm
SAVE 15%
13
$
P 1014A 140pc
SAVE 15%
25
$
P 1018A 350pc
Prototyping Wire Packs
Pre cut and trimmed solid core wire.
Order online at altronics.com.au | Sale pricing ends May 31st.
15% OFF!
P 1021 Pin to Socket
P 1022 Pin to Pin
P 1023 Socket to Socket
Ribbon Jumper Leads
Easy peel apart cables.
Audio & video
SAVE $50
299
$
Discounts
S 9847
SAVE $30
159
$
4MP Solar Wi-Fi Security Camera
Requires no cabling thanks to its internal battery and solar panel (with 4m
cable). Offers high resolution footage recording coupled with AI powered
detection, cloud or micro SD card storage. Built in AI smarts allow the app
to detect and trigger for pets, humans, vehicles and even packages!
A 3615
Computer / Phone
Easy to set up
anywhere!
Mini Wi-Fi LED Projector
Great for movie nights with friends and family! This compact projector offers excellent
LED picture quality with 800x480p resolution for screens up to 4m (170”) wide! Very
simple to set up with adjustable focus & projection distance (1-5m). HDMI input or Wi-Fi
screen mirroring for playback directly from your device.
A 3608 USB C
Computer
A 3607 HDMI
SAVE $50
339
$
TV / Monitor
Computer
TV / Monitor
A 2696A
SAVE $40
Internet radio, digital radio & audio streaming in one.
A 3607 shown transmitting HDMI AV
source to a TV in another room.
129
$
Wi-Fi Internet Radio System with DAB+, FM & Bluetooth. A stylish, easy to use receiver
with access to over 26,000 global internet stations, plus DAB+ digital radio, FM frequencies and bluetooth streaming from your devices. Digital S/PDIF and stereo RCA outputs.
USB
Charger
HDMI Equipped AV Source
To Television
HDMI Port
TV / Monitor
To AV Source
HDMI Output
To Television
USB Port
Computer
TV / Monitor
Wireless Transmission up to 50m.
Simple DIY install!
SAVE $19
50
$
Wall mount your telly
and save space.
H 8182A
A compact wall bracket for screens using
200x200 VESA mounting with a max weight
payload of 25kg. Folds flat to the wall to just
52mm from the wall surface.
Includes
10m cable &
hardware
Do you need an easy way to connect HDMI
sources to a second TV in the house?
L 2003
SAVE $10
$85
Caravan/Boat
Digital Television Antenna
HOT SELLER! 1000’s sold. Get crystal
clear TV reception wherever you travel!
Omnidirectional 360° design requires no
adjustment when you park up.
Build It Yourself Electronics Centres®
Sale Ends May 31st 2024
Find a local reseller at:
altronics.com.au/storelocations/dealers/
It’s hard to believe, but these cable adapters have an in-built wireless
HDMI sender capable of sending 1080p signals over distances up to 50m.
Previously these sorts of senders would cost up to $600!
Available in two types, standard HDMI or USB type C for sending your
laptop, tablet or phone screen to your TV. Excellent latency performance
also makes it perfect for sending your game console signal to a second
room or your PC to your couch.
All you need is USB power at each end - typically found on the back your
TV, or via a USB wall charger.
Mail Orders: mailorder<at>altronics.com.au
Victoria
Western Australia
» Springvale: 891 Princes Hwy
» Airport West: 5 Dromana Ave
03 9549 2188
03 9549 2121
» Auburn: 15 Short St
02 8748 5388
» Virginia: 1870 Sandgate Rd
07 3441 2810
» Prospect: 316 Main Nth Rd
08 8164 3466
» Perth: 174 Roe St
» Joondalup: 2/182 Winton Rd
» Balcatta: 7/58 Erindale Rd
» Cannington: 5/1326 Albany Hwy
» Midland: 1/212 Gt Eastern Hwy
» Myaree: 5A/116 N Lake Rd
08 9428 2188
08 9428 2166
08 9428 2167
08 9428 2168
08 9428 2169
08 9428 2170
New South Wales
Queensland
South Australia
© Altronics 2024. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until date shown or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
*All smartphone devices pictured in this catalogue are for illustration purposes only. Not included with product.
B 0005
Please Note: Resellers have to pay the cost of freight & insurance. Therefore the range of stocked products & prices charged by individual resellers may vary from our catalogue.
Project by Nicholas Vinen
This small board converts a standard 10MHz
frequency reference (eg, from an oscilloscope)
to 1MHz and 1Hz square wave signals. The latter
can emulate the 1PPS output of a GPS receiver
and has options for a 10% or 50% duty cycle.
Build your own compact
Frequency Divider
10MHz – 1MHz | 10MHz – 1Hz
T
his straightforward circuit
accurately divides a 10MHz
signal to 1Hz with extremely
low jitter. It has various applications, such as testing clocks and other
devices that are time-locked to GPS
signals.
It could also be used to drive several clocks from a single accurate time
source or to derive a very accurate
1Hz signal from a low-cost 10MHz
temperature-c ompensated crystal
oscillator (TXCO).
The divider uses just four logic
ICs, including the somewhat unusual
74HC4059, plus an ultra-high-speed
comparator and a buffer for driving
the outputs. It can be powered at 5V
DC from a USB supply or 6.6-12V DC,
drawing only about 10mA. It has supply reverse polarity protection and
input overload protection and won’t
generate an output unless it’s being
actively fed a signal.
A jumper selects between the
10% and 50% duty cycle options for
the 1Hz output. The output jitter is
extremely low as long as the input
signal is relatively clean. Many pieces
of test equipment will have a suitable
10MHz output, or you could use one
of our GPS-Disciplined Oscillators:
• GPS-Disciplined Oscillator (May
2023; siliconchip.au/Article/15781)
• GPS-synched Frequency Reference (October and November 2021;
siliconchip.au/Series/326)
• GPS-based Frequency Reference
(March-May 2007 & September 2011;
siliconchip.au/Series/57)
Circuit details
Its circuit is shown in Fig.1. We have
tried to keep it simple and inexpensive
without sacrificing performance. The
10MHz signal is fed into SMA connector CON1 and goes into the first stage,
based on ultra-high-speed comparator
IC6 (TLV3501).
The TLV3501 is an interesting
device as it runs from 2.7 to 5.5V, drawing just 3.2mA and yet has extremely
low input bias currents at ±2pA (typical), a low input offset voltage of ±1mV
(typical) and very high-speed operation with a maximum toggle frequency
of 80MHz. That makes it suitable for
many applications.
Here, its job is to convert what might
be a relatively low-level, sinusoidal
input signal into a 5V peak-to-peak
square wave. That means the circuit
is not too sensitive about what drives
it, as long as it is a 10MHz waveform
of at least 10mV RMS or 35mV peakto-peak; it will most likely be a sine
or square wave.
The circuit is designed with 75W
impedances in mind, although you
could change that if necessary (eg,
using 49.9W or 51W resistors instead of
75W). So the input is terminated with a
75W resistor, then coupled to comparator IC6 by a 1nF DC-blocking capacitor and 220W series resistor.
Dual schottky diode D1 protects IC6
from over-voltage or having a signal
applied while the circuit is powered
Frequency Divider Features & Specifications
» Divides the nominally 10MHz input frequency by 10 (to 1MHz) and 107 (to 1Hz)
» 10% or 50% duty cycle option for 1Hz output (5V peak-to-peak unloaded)
» Operating input signal level: 10mV to 3.2V RMS (28mV to 9V peak-to-peak)
» Recommended input signal: 35mV to 2V RMS (100mV to 5.6V peak-to-peak)
» Jitter: estimated at 0.1ns with a clean clock source (see Scope 1)
» Propagation delay: approximately 100ns
» High noise immunity with 23.5mV built-in hysteresis
» Outputs are in phase with inputs
» No output signals if the input is not driven
» SMA connectors for input and outputs
» Choice of 50Ω or 75Ω input/output impedances
» Power supply: 5-12V DC <at> 10mA
» Power connectors: USB Type-C, 2.1mm/2.5mm inner diameter barrel plug,
(polarised) pin header
» 3mm mounting holes: 4 (the board can be made smaller by cutting them off)
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
The prototype board is very
similar to the final version; it just lacks
the power LED and used a Type-B mini
USB socket instead of the now more
standard Type-C.
May 2024 33
Scope 1: the yellow waveform is the 1Hz output (reduced in
amplitude due to a lower than normal supply voltage and
50W termination) while the blue waveform is the 10MHz
reference signal from the oscilloscope. The grey areas
around them show the previous 50 or so traces, indicating
extremely low variation in timing between them (ie, low
jitter). The output edge seems to come first because the
propagation delay is just under the input signal period
(100ns); it was triggered by the previous edge.
down by clamping the input signal to
within 0.3V of the supply rails. The
220W resistor primarily exists to limit
the current through these diodes, protecting them and the rest of the circuit from excessive ‘bus pumping’ of
the 5V rail.
As the signal is AC-coupled to IC6,
it is DC-biased to half of the 5V supply using a pair of 10kW resistors and
a 47kW bias resistor. The 100nF capacitor prevents supply ripple from coupling back into the signal, which could
cause jitter.
A 10MW resistor from output pin 6
of IC6 back to its non-inverting input,
pin 3, provides around 23.5mV of hysteresis for noise rejection. This forms
a voltage divider with the 47kW bias
resistor for pin 3. With around 2.5V
across the hysteresis resistor (regardless of whether IC6’s output is at 5V or
0V), 2.5μV flows through it and subsequently the 47kW resistor, causing an
offset of around 11.75mV.
That offset switches polarity as
IC6’s output switches, meaning that
any noise on the input signal would
have to exceed 23.5mV to cause an
unwanted edge at IC6’s output. It also
means that there needs to be at least a
23.5mV peak-to-peak signal applied to
IC6 before its output will start to toggle. Thus, it won’t oscillate without a
signal at CON1.
With the 75W termination resistor,
34
Silicon Chip
Scope 2: to check the frequency ratio was correct, we
captured the unit’s output on the scope for two seconds
and then measured the time between edges. Here three of
the captured edges are overlaid, in yellow (-500ms), red
(0ms) and green (+500ms). The yellow and green traces
overlap, indicating they are exactly one second apart as
per the scope’s timebase (and hence 10MHz reference
oscillator). As we captured two full seconds of data, the
time resolution is more coarse than in Scope 1.
plus the low-pass filter formed by the
220W resistor and IC6’s input capacitance (plus that of both diodes in D1),
the minimum signal the circuit will
respond to is about 30mV peak-topeak at CON1. However, a higher level
is recommended to ensure jitter-free
operation. 30mV at CON1 implies a
higher voltage at the signal source,
probably closer to 60mV peak-to-peak.
Frequency divider
Now that we have a clean 10MHz
square wave signal from IC6, it’s
fed to the first divider, IC1. This is a
74HC4017 Johnson decade counter, a
lower-voltage, higher-speed version of
the good old 4017 counter IC.
These are inexpensive, run from
2-6V, operate at up to 77MHz with a
5V supply and provide ten 10% duty
cycle outputs with different phase
angles, plus a single 50% duty cycle
output that’s phase-aligned with the
input (and Q0 output).
For IC1, we feed the 10MHz signal
into the pin 14 clock input and get
a nice 1MHz square wave from the
Q5-Q9 output. The MR (master reset)
line is tied low for constant operation,
while the inverting clock input at pin
13 is also tied low as we are using the
non-inverting clock input. The ten
phase outputs, Q0-Q9, are not used
in this case.
The 1MHz output from pin 12 is fed
Australia's electronics magazine
to two places: firstly, to three of the six
buffers in IC5 connected in parallel,
then to the 1MHz SMA output (CON2)
via a 75W impedance-matching resistor. The MC74VHCT50A is similar to
a 74HC04 hex inverter IC except that it
does not invert the signals but merely
buffers them. That keeps the outputs
in phase with the 10MHz input.
Secondly, the pin 12 1MHz output of IC1 goes to another 74HC4017
counter, IC2, configured identically to
IC1. It produces a 100kHz square wave
at its pin 12 output, which is fed to the
clock (CP) input, pin 1, of IC3.
This is the ‘main event’, configured
to divide its input frequency by a factor of 10,000. It is a larger IC than the
others, with 24 pins rather than 16,
and somewhat more expensive (but
still pretty reasonable). It takes up less
space than four more 74HC4017s and
has a much lower propagation delay.
It can be configured for thousands
of different frequency division ratios
in various ways based on the logic
states of its KA-KC and J1-J16 pins. The
accompanying panel explains how
this particular configuration achieves
the 10,000:1 division ratio.
We could have added a microcontroller to this board, driving all those
pins, and provided a few different
ratios. However, we decided it was
better to keep this simple and avoid
programming any chips.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the circuit uses three divideby-ten ICs (74HC4017) and one
divide-by-10,000 IC (74HC4059)
to reduce the 10MHz input at
CON1 to 1Hz at CON3. High-speed
comparator IC6 converts whatever
waveform is fed in to a 5V peak-topeak square wave for driving IC1.
IC3 has an output latch that we do
not use, so the latch enable (LE) input,
pin 2, is tied to ground. The 10Hz signal appears at pin 23 (Q). Note, though,
that this pin will only be high for one
input pulse, and with a 100kHz input,
the output pulses are 10μs wide. That
is why we divided the 10MHz signal
siliconchip.com.au
by a factor of 100 first; otherwise, the
output pulses would be a mere 100ns
wide.
To make this short pulse useful, we
feed it to the final counter, IC4, another
74HC4017 configured much like the
others. It performs the final division to
get a 1Hz signal and converts the short
Australia's electronics magazine
pulses into a 50% duty cycle square
wave at its pin 12 output.
We feed that, plus the similar but
shorter 10% duty cycle pulse from
output Q0, to a three-way pin header.
That allows you to select the desired
duty cycle using a jumper shunt. The
resulting signal is fed to another triple
May 2024 35
parallel buffer (IC5d-IC5f) and then the
final SMA output, CON3, via another
75W impedance-matching resistor.
The 10% duty cycle output more
closely simulates a GPS 1PPS output,
while the 50% duty cycle signal is nice
and symmetrical for driving something
like a clock.
Power supply
There are three power supply
inputs. The USB Type C connector
(CON4) is the simplest as it feeds the
USB 5V directly into the circuit. However, note that its ground connection
goes via the internal switch in barrel
socket CON5. This way, if you plug
both in simultaneously, you won’t be
feeding power into the device connected to the USB socket.
Unlike USB Type-B sockets, the
Type-C socket needs two 5.1kW pulldown resistors connected to signal
the power source to deliver 5V. You
can leave those resistors off the board
if you aren’t fitting the Type-C socket.
This particular socket only has the six
pins needed for USB power delivery,
without the data signals.
By the way, we’re switching from
Type-B to Type-C because it is now
the universal standard, so expect to
see more of this in future.
After passing through CON5’s internal switch, the GND connection from
CON4 also passes through Mosfet Q1
before reaching circuit ground. This
provides reverse supply polarity protection, although that should not be
necessary for the USB socket as the
socket itself should guarantee the correct polarity. However, it is helpful if
powering the circuit via barrel connector CON5 or header CON6.
In those cases, as Q1’s gate is connected to the +5V rail and incoming
DC supplies via two 10kW resistors, it
will only conduct if the incoming supply polarity is positive. If it is negative,
Q1’s gate will be pulled negative, Q1
will be off, and the whole circuit will
be unpowered, floating at the positive
DC supply voltage (that was erroneously connected to the negative input).
There are two 10kW pull-up resistors
for the gate so that Q1 will switch on
regardless of whether the USB connector is used (feeding 5V directly)
or one of the other inputs, which feed
5V low-dropout regulator REG1. Zener
diode ZD1 prevents damage to Q1 as
its gate is only rated to handle ±12V.
This method has a much lower voltage loss than using a series diode (a few
millivolts instead of 300mV+), allowing you to use a supply barely above
5V while still getting a regulated 5V at
the output of REG1 to power the rest
of the circuit.
Construction
This counter is quite complicated as it includes a prescaler plus a three or four
digit ‘decimal’ main counter that varies in how you can use it. The prescaler can
divide by between 1 and 10 in five different modes. However, which prescaler
mode you choose affects what values you can have in the main counter’s top
(thousands) digit.
For example, if you have a divide-by-10 prescaler, the main counter only has
three digits (up to 999). If you use one of the other prescaler values, the main
counter has four digits, with more options as the prescaler division ratio becomes
smaller.
The lower three decimal digits of the main counter can always be preset with
a value from 0 to 9. Depending on the mode, the overall maximum division ratio
is either 9999 (eg, with the prescaler in divide-by-10 mode) or 15999 (with the
prescaler dividing by a power of two).
It is actually possible to divide by a much higher number than that because
the ‘BCD’ or ‘binary coded decimal’ counter stages that it initially seems can only
count up to 10 are actually full binary counters that can count up to 16. So, while
programming it is trickier, it can be set to divide by up to 21,327.
Luckily, our desired division ratio of 10,000 is relatively easy to set up. We
could have used a prescaler value of 10, leaving a three-digit main counter.
While dividing by 1000 with three digits seems impossible, we could have set
the top ‘digit’ to 10 (because the actual limit is 15), which would have given the
desired result.
In the final design, we use a prescaler ratio of 8, leaving us with four digits for
our main counter, although the top digit can only be 0 or 1. That’s fine because
we set the main counter to divide by 1250, as 1250 × 8 = 10,000.
The prescaler value of 8 is selected with KA low, KB low and KC high as per
Table 1. We then program the top digit of the counter using J4, which we set
high, to 1. The remaining three digits are set to 2, 5 & 0, as shown in Table 2.
One ‘gotcha’ when setting up this counter is that, while the thousands digit for
the counter is set using low-numbered inputs (J2-J4), the hundreds digit is set
using the highest-numbered inputs (J13-J16). So the digits do not appear at the
inputs in order, except in the mode when the prescaler can divide by up to 10.
While it uses mainly SMD parts,
the board is relatively easy to assemble as they are all fairly large. Experienced constructors can gather the
parts and solder them to the board as
shown in overlay diagrams Figs.2 & 3.
We suggest fitting all the SMD parts to
one side of the board, followed by the
other, then the through-hole parts. It’s
best to start with the top, as more parts
are on that side.
The Frequency Divider is built on
a double-sided PCB coded 04112231
that measures 64 × 37.5mm. We recommend soldering IC1-IC5 in numerical
order, then ZD1, Q1, REG1, the USB
socket (if fitting it), then the top-side
capacitors and resistors.
With the ICs, check very carefully
that each one is the right way around
before soldering them; most will have
a pin 1 dot or bar. Use a magnifier to
find them if necessary. As shown in
Fig.2 and on the PCB, in each case, pin
1 faces towards the top of the board or
to the left (for IC5).
There is one 1μF capacitor on this
side; the rest are 100nF. As mentioned earlier, you can leave off the
5.1kW resistors if you aren’t using the
USB socket. Also note that unlike the
Type-B USB sockets we’ve been using
for a while, these Type-C sockets have
no locating posts that slot into holes in
the PCB, so you will have to be careful
to align all its pins and tabs with the
pads before soldering more than one.
There are various ways to solder
these parts: with solder paste and hot
air, solder paste and a reflow oven,
solder paste and a hot plate or regular solder and a regular iron (which
is how we did it). If using a standard
iron, we strongly recommend having
a good quality flux paste on hand,
plus some solder wick, as they make
it much easier.
There is no ‘right’ way to hand solder SMD ICs, but here is how we did
it, starting with the ICs. We placed a
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Programming the CD74HC4059 counter
36
Silicon Chip
Figs.2 & 3: we recommend
fitting all the SMDs on
the top side first. Ensure
all the ICs are orientated
correctly and leave the
SMA connectors, DC
socket and headers until
after you’ve populated
the underside of the
board. There are not as
many components on
the underside; just the
comparator IC, passives
and the dual diode.
little solder on one of their pads, then
slid them into place while heating that
solder (to keep it molten). Removing
the iron, we checked that all the leads
were centred on their pads. If not, we
reheated that solder joint and gently
nudged the IC towards the correct position, rechecking each time.
Once the IC was positioned correctly, we soldered a couple more
pins, then spread a thin layer of flux
paste along both rows of pins, loaded
the soldering iron tip with some solder and dragged it along the pins. Each
one took up the right amount of solder,
making quick work of all the joints.
Only a few joints got too much solder, resulting in a bridge to an adjacent
pin. We removed the bridges using a
bit more flux paste and an application
of clean solder wick.
You could use a slightly different technique, where you clamp the
device in the correct location using
a clothes peg, haemostat clamp or
similar, tack it down, then solder
the remaining pins. That technique
involves more set-up time but less
trial-and-error.
Once the ICs are in place, you can
solder the remaining three-lead and
two-lead components with a similar
technique. Just make sure you let one
joint solidify (which can take a few
seconds) before making the other, or
you could end up pushing the parts
out of position.
With all the parts in place, clean the
board with some flux cleaner (or pure
alcohol if you don’t have a specific
flux cleaner), let it dry and inspect all
the solder joints to ensure you haven’t missed any imperfect/incomplete
joints or bridges. Then flip the board
over and solder the parts on the other
side using a similar technique.
There is just one chip (IC6) on the
underside, plus one dual diode in a
three-pin SOT-23 package and 10 passives (resistors & capacitors). Take care
with the orientation of IC6; its pin 1
goes towards the nearest PCB edge.
Some parts are close to IC6, so it’s
best to solder IC6 first, then the components right next to it, followed by
those further away. Again, when finished, clean off the flux residue and
inspect your work.
Finally, flip the board back over and
solder the SMA connectors, the threepin header for LK1, plus whichever of
CON5 and CON6 you will be using. If
leaving CON5 off, you will need to solder the short wire link shown in red
in Fig.2 and the PCB silkscreen, or the
board won’t get power.
Note that you could leave SMA connector CON2 off if you don’t need or
want the 1MHz output.
Testing
The board should draw under
20mA when powered up. If you have
a current-limited bench supply, set it
to 6V and at least 30mA and connect
it to CON5 or CON6. If it goes into current limiting, switch it off and check
for faults. If you don’t have a bench
supply, use a regular DC supply fed
through a DMM set to measure milliamps and switch off if the current
shoots up when you power it up.
Lacking such a supply, you just have
to YOLO it: plug a suitable power supply in and check if LED1 lights. If it
doesn’t, unplug the cable and try to
figure out why. If it does, proceed with
the following checks.
Assuming the current draw is OK,
check the voltage between the shell of
one of the SMA connectors (ground)
and the large tab of REG1. It should
be close to 5V. If it is below 4.75V or
above 5.25V, check the soldering on
REG1 and its adjacent bypass/filter
capacitors.
If it isn’t drawing any current and
the LED is off, that probably means
that Q1 is not conducting. You can
Table 1 – 74HC4059 modes (● must be set up with Master Preset mode first)
KA
KB
KC
Prescaler ratio
Preset inputs Counter thousands digit
Preset inputs
Maximum count
1
1
1
2:1 to 1:1
J1
0-7
J2-J4
15,999 (17,331 extended)
0
1
1
4:1 to 1:1
J1, J2
0-3
J3, J4
15,999 (18,663 extended)
1
0
1
5:1 to 1:1 ●
J1-J3
0-1
J4
9,999 (13,329 extended)
0
0
1
8:1 to 1:1
J1-J3
0-1
J4
15,999 (21,327 extended)
1
1
0
10:1 to 1:1
J1-J4
0
-
9,999 (16,659 extended)
Table 2 – our 74HC4059 configuration
KA
KB
KC
Prescaler preset (J1-J3)
Thousands (J4) Hundreds (J13-J15)
Tens (J9-J12)
Units (J5-J8)
0
0
1
000 (0)
1 (1)
0101 (5)
0000 (0)
siliconchip.com.au
0010 (2)
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 37
verify that by measuring the voltage
between your supply negative and the
shells of the SMA connectors. There
should be very little difference. If you
measure the full supply voltage, check
that you’ve applied power with the
correct polarity. If you have, there is
a fault around Q1/ZD1.
Finally, assuming the current draw
is OK and the 5V rail is close to 5V,
feed a signal with a known frequency
into CON1 and check for 1/10th that
frequency at CON2 (if you didn’t fit
CON2, you can probe its centre pin). If
that checks out, apply 10MHz to CON1
and look for a 1Hz output at CON3. If
it’s missing, make sure JP1 is inserted
in one of the two possible positions.
Remember that, depending on your
test instrument, it could take several
seconds to register a reading of such
a low frequency.
If the board isn’t behaving, common
problems to look for are solder bridges,
pins where the solder hasn’t adhered
to the PCB pad below, or incorrectly
orientated ICs (we did warn you!).
Usage
There isn’t much to it: connect your
reference signal source to CON1 and
feed the output at CON3 to your GPS
clock(s) or other devices needing 1Hz
pulses. Move JP1 if necessary to get the
desired duty cycle, although almost
any device expecting a 1PPS signal
should work in either position.
We suggest housing the board in a
small diecast aluminium box with the
case connected to circuit ground to
minimise EMI pickup. However, we
tested it as a ‘bare board’ and it performed well in our lab. The SMA connectors are arranged along one edge,
so you can mount the board such that
they project through holes in the case,
then add a chassis-mounting DC socket
wired to CON6.
The four corner mounting holes will
provide a convenient way to attach
the board to the inside of such a box.
If you need to make the board as small
as possible, the tabs those holes are on
can be cut off with a hacksaw or similar (but don’t breathe the resulting
Parts List – 10MHz Frequency Divider
1 double-sided PCB coded 04112231, 64 × 37.5mm
3 right-angle or vertical through-hole SMA connectors (CON1-CON3)
1 SMD USB Type-C power-only socket with six pins (CON4) ●
1 PCB-mount DC barrel socket (CON5) ●
1 2-way polarised header, 2.54mm pitch (CON6) ●
1 3-pin header, 2.54mm pitch (JP1)
1 jumper shunt (JP1)
● omit any of these power input connectors that are not needed
Semiconductors
3 (CD)74HC4017(M96) high-speed CMOS Johnson decade counters,
narrow body SOIC-16 (IC1, IC2, IC4)
1 (CD)74HC4059 high-speed CMOS programmable divide-by-N counter,
wide body SOIC-24 (IC3)
1 MC74VHCT50A hex CMOS non-inverting buffer, SOIC-14 (IC5)
1 TLV3501AID rail-to-rail high-speed comparator, SOIC-8 (IC6)
1 AMS1117-5.0 or compatible 5V 1A low-dropout regulator, SOT-223 (REG1)
1 AO3400 30V 5.8A N-channel logic-level Mosfet or equivalent, SOT-23 (Q1)
1 SMD LED, SMA/M3216/1206 size, any colour (LED1)
1 BZX84C5V6 5.6V 1% tolerance zener diode, SOT-23 (ZD1)
1 BAT54S dual series schottky diode, SOT-23 (D1)
Capacitors (all SMD M3216/1206 size 50V X7R)
1 1μF
8 100nF
1 1nF
Resistors (all SMD M3216/1206 size 1%)
1 10MW
1 47kW
4 10kW
2 5.1kW (only needed if USB socket is fitted)
1 1kW
1 220W
3 49.9W, 51W or 75W (to suit desired input/output impedance)
10MHz Frequency Divider kit (SC6881, $40): includes everything in the parts list.
38
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
dust and cut them outdoors or in a
well-ventilated area).
Most oscilloscopes, spectrum analysers, high-end frequency counters
etc will have a pretty accurate 10MHz
output; it’s usually specified as something like ±1ppm. That isn’t as good
as a GPS-disciplined oscillator but it’s
still very precise. You will likely need
a BNC-to-SMA cable to make this connection. You may need a second similar cable for the 1Hz output, depending on where it’s going.
Lacking that, some newer DSOs
have a waveform generator output
that can generate a 10MHz sinewave
or square wave (either is suitable).
They tend to have quite a bit less stability and more jitter than a 10MHz
reference output. However, an actual
GPS 1PPS signal has jitter, so if you
are using this board to emulate such
a signal, you generally needn’t worry
too much about it.
You can also get connectors that
break a BNC connection out to screw
terminals if you’re going to feed the
1PPS signal to pin headers or similar.
If you want to feed the 1Hz output of this board to multiple clocks
or other devices, given its low frequency and the fact that most 1PPS
inputs will have a high impedance,
you will probably just need to ‘fan it
out’. You could even omit CON3 and
solder wires directly to its pads. We
mainly provided the SMA connector
for convenience in hooking it up to
prebuilt test equipment.
If you need to split the 10MHz output of your test equipment to go to
multiple locations, consider building our Frequency Reference Signal
Distributor (April 2020; siliconchip.
au/Article/13810). But note that the
design won’t work on the 1Hz output without modification as it is AC-
coupled at the input and outputs. SC
We used rightangle SMA connectors.
siliconchip.com.au
Stay connected with our
4G Antennas & adaptors
Compatible with 2.4GHz & 4/5G networks for cross-compatibility
1
5dBi Antenna
• Magnetic mount
• Suitable for LTE, AMPS, GSM,
PCS, UMTS and Wi-Fi
• 2m lead with FME connector
• 337mm long
AR3340 ONLY $64.95
3
5m SMA Extension Lead
4
SMA to Induction 3G Plug
5
SMA to Modem Leads
• Low loss
• 50Ω coax
• Flexible lead
WC7824 ONLY $59.95
7dBi Antenna
• Magnetic mount
• 3m lead with FME connector
• 435mm long
AR3344 ONLY $89.95
2
• Adhesive backing
AR3330 ONLY $32.95
7dBi Spring Mount
Antenna
• ½ wavelength design
• 5m lead with FME
connector
• 740mm long
AR3342 ONLY $169
Range of leads that plug into the
antenna socket on your USB modem.
AR3332-AR3336 ONLY $32.95 EA
SMA to Huawei E160/618 Plug
AR3332
1
2
SMA to Sierra TS9 Plug
AR3334
Telstra 4G USB Modem
AR3336
We stock a great selection of Networking Antennas, Leads, Plugs, Sockets and
Adaptors to improve the range and reliability of your wireless network.
Explore our wide range of wireless networking products, in stock
on our website, or at over 115 stores or 130 resellers nationwide.
jaycar.com.au
1800 022 888
Prices correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
Part 1 by Richard Palmer
WiFi DDS
Function Generator
A signal generator is one of the most useful instruments on the test bench.
This flexible and easy-to-build generator provides two wide-range, low-distortion
outputs. It can be controlled from its LCD touch screen or remotely by a
computer, tablet or smartphone using a WiFi connection.
W
hile sinewave signals are commonly used for testing audio
circuits, triangle, square,
pulse and ramp signals have many
test applications in the power, digital and linear arenas. Some commercial function generators include many
rarely-used waveforms, such as Lorenz
pulses and even heartbeats, but we
have chosen to avoid excessive complexity in this project.
Subwoofers and their crossovers
pose challenges for many audio tools
that can only generate signals from
20Hz to 20kHz. This unit’s outputs
are DC-coupled, so it can produce very
low (sub 1Hz) frequencies with very
low distortion.
Out-of-band frequency testing can
be important in other aspects of audio
design, as signals beyond the audio
range may impact signals at audible
frequencies through intermodulation
and other effects. We have extended
sinewave generation up to 70kHz to
support such testing and included
an intermodulation distortion (IMD)
test signal.
40
Silicon Chip
Tone burst and pulse testing can
help identify ringing and other circuit misbehaviour. Both frequency and
amplitude sweeps are supported for
sine, square, and triangle waves. Additionally, duty cycle sweeps are provided for square and triangle waves,
plus amplitude sweeps for pulse and
step waveforms. Bursts are available
for all waveforms.
For sine, triangle and square waves,
channel B can mirror channel A with
a phase shift of 0-360°. For most other
waveforms, channel B can mirror
channel A, either in phase or 180°
out of phase.
The output terminals are floating
with respect to mains Earth to avoid
hum-inducing Earth loops.
Like my previous lab projects, it
can be remotely controlled via a web
browser, see:
• Programmable Hybrid Lab Supply (May & June 2021; siliconchip.
au/Series/364)
• WiFi Programmable DC Load
(September-October 2022; siliconchip.
au/Series/388)
Australia's electronics magazine
• Automated Test Bench/Swiss
Army Knife (April 2023; siliconchip.
au/Article/15736)
Also like those other projects, it has
a set of SCPI commands that allows it
to be part of an automated test setup
controlled by a program such as TestController (siliconchip.au/link/abev).
I described how to use that software in
an article in April 2023 (siliconchip.
au/Article/15740).
Automatic testing of a vast range
of equipment is possible using combinations of the four instruments in
this series!
Performance
Noise and distortion are important
performance measures for sinewave
signals. As shown in Figs.1 & 2, for a
2V peak-to-peak signal from 20Hz to
2kHz, distortion was below 0.0025%,
rising to only 0.0055% at 10kHz.
Accurate measurement beyond
25kHz was not possible due to the
predominant 3rd harmonic moving
beyond the Nyquist limit of my audio
analyser, which samples at 192kHz.
siliconchip.com.au
Features & Specifications
» Seven waveform options: sine,
square, pulse, triangle, stepped, IM
(intermodulation) & white noise
» Two independent or linked channels
with adjustable phase difference
» Maximum output level: 11.5V peakto-peak
» Sine frequency range: 0.01Hz to
70kHz
» Sine frequency response: ±0.1dB,
1Hz to 50kHz (see Fig.3)
» Sine distortion: <0.003% to 5kHz,
<0.007% to 20kHz (see Fig.2)
» Signal-to-noise ratio: >80dB
» Square, triangle and pulse
frequency range: 0.01Hz to 20kHz
» Intermodulation (IM), white noise
and step functions
» Comprehensive sweeps and tone
bursts
» Control via 3.5in LCD touchscreen
and WiFi (web browser or SCPI)
» TestController definitions for
automation
» Optional laser-cut bench stand
The number of sample points at 10kHz
is only nineteen, reducing as the frequency rises. At 50kHz, there are only
four sample points per cycle, with the
DAC’s interpolation filter raising the
number to eight.
It is no wonder that it is impossible
to maintain extremely low distortion
with very few samples per cycle.
Measured distortion below 20Hz
rises to 0.0055% at 7Hz. The actual
distortion could be lower, as my test
equipment is AC-coupled and the
input filter’s drop-off degrades measurements below 20Hz.
The background noise is -89dB
(unweighted) below a 2V peak-to-peak
output level in the 5Hz-20kHz band,
mainly comprising 50Hz mains hum
and its harmonics.
That figure should be better at higher
output levels as the signal will be
greater but the noise/hum level will
remain similar.
The sinewave frequency response
varies by less than ±0.1dB across the
entire range (see Fig.3).
Further exercising the DAC and
filter with an SMTE/DIN standard
intermodulation signal, a 4:1 mix
of 60Hz and 7kHz, the artefacts are
100dB below the 60Hz peak and 88dB
below the 7kHz component, as shown
in Fig.4.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: distortion at 1kHz measures 0.0026%, with noise nearly 90dB below
the fundamental.
Fig.2: distortion remains below 0.003% between 10Hz and 2.5kHz, rising to
0.006% at 25kHz, the limit of our testing capability.
Fig.3: the DDS frequency response is flat within 0.1dB across the whole
range.
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 41
Fig.4: in the intermodulation distortion (IMD) test, the sidebands, separated
from the fundamental by 60Hz, are more than 100dB below the -3.18dBV 60Hz
signal, which is off-screen for clarity.
The sinewave frequency is very
accurate and stable, being locked to the
Pico’s crystal oscillator. As the phase
accumulator has a finite number of
bits, there will always be a small positive frequency error due to truncation
from floating point to integer values
when the per-sample phase increment
is calculated. However, this frequency
error is less than 0.012% across the
audio band.
Pulse waveforms have a resolution
of 5µs due to the 192kHz DAC sampling rate. The maximum square wave
frequency has been limited to 20kHz.
While it is possible to create pulses
with a shorter duration, the filtered
output becomes increasingly rounded
beyond that point (Scope 1). This is
due to the DAC’s internal digital filter
and the analog filter’s 100kHz corner
frequency.
The maximum slew time of rising
and falling edges is 5µs (Scope 2),
largely independent of voltage. This
is mainly due to the DAC’s digital filtering and interpolation.
For square, triangle and pulse
waveforms, the available frequencies
become more granular as the frequency
Scope 1: by 16kHz, the square wave output starts to become
rounded.
42
Silicon Chip
increases, as each phase of the waveform – rise, high, fall and low – is limited to an integral number of samples.
At 1kHz, the total number of samples
in a cycle will be 192; the next available step, at 191 cycles, will give a frequency of 1.0052kHz.
A 10kHz square wave will have 20
samples, slightly higher than the perfect value of 19.2, resulting in a frequency of 9.6kHz. The next available
step, with 18 samples, is 10.66kHz.
The step from 19.2kHz to 21.33kHz
is twice as large.
Sinewave generation is not greatly
affected by the small number of samples at high frequencies due to the
DAC’s oversampling at 384kHz, which
fills in the missing samples quite effectively up to 60kHz, as seen in Scope 3.
Closer to the Nyquist limit of 96kHz,
artefacts from the DAC’s digital filter start destabilising the waveform
(Scope 4).
Signal generation
Traditional analog sinewave generators, such as the Wien bridge, can
produce excellent noise and distortion
figures but lack flexibility. Generating
more complex waveforms, such as
tone bursts, frequency sweeps, triangular waves and dual-tone intermodulation (IMD) signals rapidly increases
analog circuit complexity.
Direct digital synthesis (DDS) provides the required flexibility and can
be implemented with simple circuitry
at the expense of somewhat more complex software.
Generating a high-quality sinewave
Scope 2: interposing a single sample midway between the
high and low levels largely cures signal overshoot.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Most of the components and connectors, including the two main modules, mount on the side of the PCB shown at right.
Sockets are recommended for the microcontroller and DAC modules, while IC sockets are optional. Either of the two
commonly available PCM5102A modules can be accommodated on the PCB. The photo on the left shows the LCD screen,
function LEDs and user controls, which are mounted on the rear of the main PCB.
poses a significant CPU speed challenge. Calculating a separate sin(x)
value for each sample is relatively
time-consuming, requiring several
double-precision floating-point calculations. At a 192kHz sampling rate,
two new samples (for both channels)
are needed every 5µs.
Calculating a pair of values using
sin(x) on the Pico, which lacks floating point hardware, takes 16µs, making direct calculation impractical. The
calculations must take less than 1µs,
leaving sufficient time for other processing and housekeeping tasks such
as triggering, burst and sweep management.
To achieve this, a 4096-entry sine
lookup table (LUT) is pre-calculated.
It contains one whole cycle of a sinewave in integer format. The code steps
through the table, selecting the correct
value for each sample.
So that any frequency can be
selected, not just those that correspond to exact entries in the table, the
required location in the table is calculated using a 20-bit phase accumulator
with a 12-bit upper part to index into
the lookup table and an 8-bit lower
part used to interpolate between the
two nearest table entries.
While there are many ways to calculate a value partway between two
points on a curved line, the quickest
is a linear approximation, which treats
each segment as a straight line.
While it might seem that this would
lead to significant inaccuracies, the
substantial size of the lookup table
ensures that the error, which is greatest
at the point of maximum curvature on
Scope 3: the raw 20kHz sinewave output of the DAC
(orange trace) has steps at 384kHz due to the DAC
oversampling rate. The output of the filter circuit (green
trace) smooths the steps out.
siliconchip.com.au
the sinewave, remains below 0.0005%.
That is four times lower than the
0.002% distortion figure specified for
the DAC.
As the Pico does not have integer
division arithmetic hardware, we have
avoided using division during the calculation of individual samples by the
simple expedient of precalculating the
inverse of any required divisors using
fixed point (with 10 bits for the fractional part) and multiplying instead.
That is around 23 times faster than
using actual division.
The intermodulation mode sums
the A and B channel sinewave calculations, sending them to the channel A output. Channel B may still be
used for other waveforms while this
is happening.
White noise is implemented as a
Scope 4: by 70kHz, the DAC output has become quite
ragged, and the filtered output shows visible distortion near
the peaks. The scalloping of the raw signal is due to the
DAC’s internal digital filter.
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 43
sequence of pseudorandom values
calculated to be within the desired
voltage range.
The square, triangle, pulse and step
waveforms all use the same pulse-
generating algorithm internally. Pulse
signals are straightforward to generate, being a sequence of linear ramps
between set points.
For steep slopes, the value increments by an appropriate value for each
sample, while for shallower slopes,
the value is incremented after several cycles.
When the slope approaches one
increment per sample, the range of
slopes becomes very limited. In this
case, increments are calculated for
blocks of 50 samples, increasing both
slope granularity and accuracy.
Channel A provides sweep and burst
capability across a range of waveforms.
For burst waveforms, the output
alternates between the idle value and
active signal, each with the desired
44
Silicon Chip
number of cycles. For sinewaves, the
idle value is the DC offset, while it is
the low voltage set point for square, triangle, pulse and step waveforms. For
IMD and white noise, it is 0V.
For IM and white noise, the on and
off periods are calculated in milliseconds, and the changes are made immediately after a zero-crossing to minimise transients. For all waveforms, the
output is switched on or off immediately after a zero crossing to minimise
transients.
Sweeps are generated as a series
of stepped values between two end
points. Amplitude, frequency or duty
cycle can be swept as appropriate to
the waveform. Sweeps may be linear
or logarithmic. At each sweep step,
the new waveform value starts from
the last output value (see Scope 5) to
minimise transients.
Negative values are problematic for
logarithmic sweeps, as the logarithm
of negative numbers is undefined.
Australia's electronics magazine
Where this is detected, a value of
0.01 is substituted for the offending
setting.
Circuit operation
As shown in the full circuit diagram, Fig.5, we use an audio DAC
(digital-to-analog converter, MOD1)
driven by a microprocessor to generate the signals. Following the DAC
is a filtering buffer amplifier (IC1),
which reduces out-of-band frequencies and increases the available output voltage.
The Raspberry Pi Pico W microcontroller at the heart of this project features two CPU cores and comprehensive WiFi and Bluetooth capabilities.
In this application, one core is dedicated to signal generation while the
other manages WiFi, the LCD screen,
EEPROM, switches, the rotary encoder
and housekeeping tasks.
While the ESP32 used in previous
instruments in this series has sub-
siliconchip.com.au
stantially faster arithmetic hardware
that would be useful for DDS signal
generation, the simplicity of uploading programs and the low cost of the
Pico W made it a better choice for
this project.
A PCM5102A 24-bit stereo DAC
chip translates the values calculated
by the Pico into voltages, with a maximum output of 2.1V RMS (5.9V peakto-peak). Thanks to a charge pump
that’s internal to the PCM5102 chip,
it can produce negative and positive
voltages from a single supply, allowing the design to be direct-coupled,
which is critical for low-frequency
signal generation.
Modules containing the PCM5102A
are readily available online, premounted with support components
on a small PCB, avoiding the need
to solder an SMD component with
finely spaced pins. The circuit of
our recommended module is shown
in Fig.6.
The top of the Function Generator has four RCA sockets for the two output
channels plus the trigger input and output, as well as the coaxial power
connector. It is shown here on the optional stand.
A key design consideration was the
DDS sampling rate. At 96kHz, two
sinewaves can be comfortably synthesised on the Pico. However, the practical sinewave frequencies would be
limited to around 35kHz and square
waves to 10kHz before significant distortion.
Simultaneously synthesising two
sinewaves with a 192kHz sampling
rate is difficult with the Pico running
at its standard 133MHz clock speed.
However, stable synthesis is achieved
with mild over-clocking to 240MHz.
That might seem extreme, but the
maximum supported clock rate is
Fig.5: the Pico W microcontroller module streams serial digital audio data to the PCM5102 DAC module. Its analog
outputs are filtered and amplified by dual op amp IC1 and fed to the outputs at CON4 & CON5. The Pico W also manages
the LCD touchscreen, control switches and LEDs. It provides web services via WiFi for remote control as well.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 45
The WiFi DDS Function
Generator resting in the
optional acrylic stand.
300MHz, and RP2040 processors have
been clocked to 436MHz and beyond
without damage.
I ran some tests and after several
hours of operation at 240MHz, the
RP2040 chip was only a few degrees
hotter than it was running at 133MHz.
The DAC’s output signals are amplified and filtered to reduce out-ofband components using a dual lownoise NE5532 op amp IC, increasing
the available output to 4.1V RMS
(11.5V peak-to-peak), which should
be sufficient for most applications.
The DC-coupled filter allows voltage offsets to be applied to the signals, which is particularly useful for
square, pulse, stepped and triangle
waveforms.
For the LCD screen, 3.5in touchscreens are only slightly more expensive than the 2.8in variety and provide 50% more screen area with 100%
more pixels.
While creating all sorts of waveform options in software is relatively
straightforward, every option requires
an on-screen parameter. To keep the
Fig.6: the circuit of the PCM5102-based DAC module. Using it means we don’t have to solder the SMD IC. It provides
two regulators and some other necessary components, including numerous bypass and filter capacitors.
46
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
size and separation of the on-screen
buttons and text reasonable, we have
limited the main elements of the
touchscreen layout to seven lines of
editable parameters and a row of buttons across the top and bottom of the
screen.
A 24C256 I2C EEPROM chip stores
parameters when the circuit is powered off. While the Pico has onboard
flash memory that could be used to
store the values, it has a write endurance measured in tens of thousands
of cycles, rather than the millions of a
true EEPROM. With parameters saved
every 30 seconds, the flash memory
could wear out after less than 100
hours of use.
The four pushbutton switches are
debounced in software and use the
Pico’s internal pull-up resistors to
sense contact closure. The rotary
encoder creates significant switching
noise, so it requires additional components to function correctly; two RC
low-pass filters remove most of the
noise while passing up to 100 pulses
per second.
Power supply
Powering the unit posed several
challenges. The Pico generates significant noise in the 2-12kHz band from
its onboard switch-mode voltage regulator. This is reflected back into the 5V
supply if there is any significant resistance in the path between the supply
and the unit, for instance, when powering it via a USB cable.
A 5V supply is required for the Pico,
LCD screen and PCM5102A module,
while 3.3V is needed for the trigger
input protection and rotary encoder
circuitry. The op amp runs from a ±9V
split supply; the supply rails for the
buffer amplifier must be several volts
greater than the desired maximum output and referenced to the analog rather
than digital ground plane.
Mixed-mode circuits should have
separate ground planes for the analog
and digital sections. These should be
joined at only one point, preferably
under the DAC chip. The PCM5102A
module provides this feature, while a
10W resistor between the two ground
planes ensures they remain closely
coupled if the unit is tested without
the DAC module in place.
The device is powered from an
external 12V DC source, with 9V linear regulator REG1 stabilising the supply for the linear electronics, plus 5V
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List – WiFi DDS Function Generator
1 double-sided PCB coded 04104241, 149 × 108mm
1 Raspberry Pi Pico W microcontroller programmed with 04104241A.uf2 (MOD1)
1 micro Type-B to Type-A USB cable (for programming the Pico W)
1 PCM5102A DAC module (MOD2)
1 200 × 114 × 40mm plastic instrument case [Altronics H0378]
1 12V 500mA+ plugpack (tip positive)
1 3.5in SPI TFT LCD touch screen (LCD1) [Silicon Chip SC5062]
4 PCB-mount RCA sockets (CON1, CON2, CON4 & CON5) [Altronics P0208C/P0145A,
Multicomp Pro PSG01547, Keystone 97x series, Cliff FC68371]
1 PCB-mount coaxial power socket (CON3; size to suit plugpack)
[Altronics P0620, Jaycar PS0519]
1 rotary encoder (S1) [Jaycar SR1230 (D shaft) or Silicon Chip SC5601]
1 ‘scrubber’ knob [Adafruit ADA-2055 (D shaft),
Multicomp Pro MP716XX (splined or D shaft)]
2 white momentary PCB-mount pushbutton switches (S2 & S3)
[Altronics S1099, Jaycar SP0723, C&K D6R (no LED) series]
2 red momentary PCB-mount pushbutton switches (S4 & S5)
[Altronics S1095, Jaycar SP0720, C&K D6R (no LED) series]
2 20-pin headers, 2.54mm pitch (for mounting the Pico W)
2 20-pin header sockets, 2.54mm pitch (for mounting the Pico W)
1 9-pin header, 2.54mm pitch (for mounting the PCM5102 module)
1 9-pin header socket, 2.54mm pitch (for mounting the PCM5102 module;
eg, cut from a longer strip)
1 6-pin header, 2.54mm pitch (for mounting the PCM5102 module)
1 6-pin header socket, 2.54mm pitch (for mounting the PCM5102 module)
3 8-pin DIL IC sockets (optional; for IC1, IC2 & REG3)
2 A5 laminating pouches for top and rear decals, 120 microns preferred
Hardware
4 10mm M3-tapped spacers
4 6mm M3-tapped spacers
2 M3 × 8mm panhead machine screws
4 M3 × 16-25mm countersunk head machine screws
4 M3 × 12-16mm countersunk head machine screws
10 M3 hex nuts
4 small self-adhesive rubber furniture bumpers [Bunnings 0262216]
1 small tube of thermal paste OR 2 TO-220 thermal washers
Semiconductors
1 NE5532 dual low-noise op amp, DIP-8 (IC1)
1 24C256 256kb serial CMOS EEPROM, DIP-8 (IC2) [Jaycar ZZ8485]
1 7809 9V 1A linear regulator, TO-220 (REG1)
1 7805 5V 1A linear regulator, TO-220 (REG2)
1 MAX1044 switched capacitor voltage converter, DIP-8 (REG3)
[element14, DigiKey, Mouser]
1 BAT54S 25V 200mA dual series schottky diode, SOT-23 (D1)
1 1N5819 40V 1A schottky diode, DO-41 (D2)
1 red 3mm LED (LED1)
1 blue 3mm LED (LED2)
2 white 3mm LEDs (LED3, LED4)
Capacitors
3 220µF 16V electrolytic
2 10µF 16V electrolytic
11 100nF 50V X7R ceramic
4 220pF ±5% polystyrene, MKP, MKT or NP0/C0G ceramic
1 100pF 50V ceramic
Resistors (all 1/4W 1% axial leaded)
4 10kW
2 5.6kW
4 4.7kW
10 2.2kW
1 1kW
4 10W
Parts for optional stand
4 3mm acrylic laser-cut pieces [Silicon Chip SC6932]
4 small self-adhesive rubber furniture bumpers [Bunnings 0262216]
1 small tube of superglue
WiFi DDS Function Generator Short-Form Kit (SC6942, $95): includes everything
except the case, USB cable, power supply, labels and optional stand. The Pico W is
supplied unprogrammed.
linear regulator REG2 to supply the
Pico, LCD screen and DAC module.
The DAC module has an onboard 3.3V
regulator to supply its needs, providing adequate filtering of any noise fed
back into the 5V supply from the digital circuitry.
The 3.3V rail that provides clamping protection for the trigger input and
the rotary encoder debouncing is taken
from the Pico’s 3.3V output pin.
To reduce the 5V regulator’s heat
dissipation, its input is supplied by
REG1’s output (9V) rather than directly
from the 12V supply. The unit draws
around 210mA when driving two 10V
peak-to-peak sinewaves into 600W
loads, so REG1 typically dissipates
no more than 630mW ([12V – 9V] x
210mA).
The -9V rail for the analog electronics (primarily the op amps) is generated by a MAX1044 switched capacitor voltage inverter chip (REG3) running at its boosted frequency to avoid
in-band noise. The two 10µF electrolytic capacitors set the MAX1044’s
oscillator frequency to around 100kHz,
well above the maximum sinewave
frequency.
Schottky diode D2 ensures the
output voltage never rises above 0V,
which could otherwise occur when
operating the unit without the DAC
module in place, as the +9V rail is
established before the MAX1044 starts
oscillating. Without D2, the rise in
AGND’s voltage relative to GND is
enough to exceed the limit of allowable voltage on the MAX1044’s output
pin, causing it to fail.
The optional laser-cut acrylic stand. The
lettering on the sides has been removed
from the final version.
Further attention has been paid to
limiting the coupling of digital signal noise to the linear elements of the
project. The high-speed digital signals
supplied to the DAC module have 22W
series resistors to reduce noise induction due to spikes and ringing generated from any trace capacitance and
impedance mismatch.
The ±9V supplies pass through RC
low-pass filters comprising 10W resistors and 220µF electrolytic capacitors in parallel with 100nF ceramic
capacitors before being applied to the
op amp. These components decouple
the supplies from the digital ground
plane while keeping the voltage drop
Scope 5: the signal level change is minimised at sweep step
boundaries to avoid generating transients.
48
Silicon Chip
manageable. This allows full-scale
output into 600W before any increase
in distortion.
Filtering
DACs produce wideband high-
frequency noise as output level
changes are in discrete steps. In the
unfiltered blue and orange trace waveforms seen in Scopes 3 & 4, the output is not a pure sinewave, and signal
changes occur at closer intervals than
the sampling rate would suggest. This
is because the DAC is oversampling,
smoothing out changes by producing
intermediate values at 384kHz.
Second harmonic sinewave dis-
Scope 6: a 10kHz square wave at the DAC output
(blue trace) and after filtering (green trace). Both show
significant overshoot compared to the improved version
(see Scope 2).
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
extremes in each half-cycle improves
this (Scope 2).
The waveform becomes quite
rounded once the frequency rises past
16kHz (see Scope 1).
The green trace in Scope 7 shows
smoothing of the slope of a 5kHz triangle wave by the analog filter. Note that
the filter doesn’t noticeably increase
the rounding at the top of the triangle
wave, which is an artefact of the DAC’s
digital filter.
Triggers
Fig.7: the two-pole Sallen-Key low-pass filter is designed to attenuate the
signal by less than 0.1dB at 70kHz but more than 20dB by 384kHz.
tortion is significantly decreased by
oversampling, particularly at higher
frequencies.
A digital filter in the DAC chip
provides a 60dB reduction in artefacts above the Nyquist limit, which
is half the sampling frequency. The
digital filter also restricts the signal
slew rate.
Analog filtering is provided to further reduce unwanted high-frequency
signal components. The two-pole
Sallen-Key filter built around IC1 is
designed to be maximally flat within
the passband and just a fraction of a
dB down at 70kHz (see Fig.7). The filter has a gain of two.
The values of the 2.2kW resistors
connecting from the DAC outputs to
the input of the op amp based filters
are lower than might be expected. That
is because the DAC module has 470W
series output resistors. The result of
this filter can be seen in the substantially smoother green traces in Scope
3 & 4.
Square waves are the most impacted
by both the digital and analog filters.
Scope 6 shows the DAC and filtered
outputs of a 10kHz square wave. The
DAC’s digital filter generates some
overshoot at the top of the cycle and
some ringing at the bottom. Setting the
last sample halfway between the two
Scope 7: the filtered output of a 5kHz triangle wave
doesn’t have noticeably more rounding at the top than the
unfiltered signal.
siliconchip.com.au
A short 3.3V trigger pulse is produced at the start of burst, step and
sweep waveforms on channel A. In
sweep mode, the trigger output is set
at the start of the sweep and reset at
the end of the first step. For step mode,
the trigger signal alternates at the end
of each up/down staircase.
To enable more reliable oscilloscope
triggering at very low frequencies, a
trigger output pulse is also produced
for the midpoints of channel A sine,
square and triangle signals.
The trigger pulse is synchronised
to signal calculations rather than the
DAC output. As Scope 8 shows, the
trigger can be seen to lead the DAC
output signal change by several milliseconds.
This is because the calculated values are passed to the DAC using five
512 sample DMA buffers, which
allow accurate timing for the transfer
of samples to the DAC by the Pico’s
hardware.
The time lag can vary between
four and five buffer times (10-13ms),
Scope 8: the trigger output pulse comes 10-13ms before
the generated signal since the signal is buffered before
transmission by the DAC.
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 49
depending on where the DAC and CPU
are up to emptying and filling buffers.
At frequencies of 10Hz and below,
this jitter becomes a small fraction of
the waveform and triggering is relatively stable.
Channel A sweep, burst and step
waveforms may be triggered using an
external signal or an SCPI command.
When enabled, a rising or falling edge
will trigger the function. Two 4.7kW
series resistors, a 100pF parallel capacitor and two schottky diodes clamping
the signal within the 0V & 3.3V supply
rails protect the Pico’s trigger input pin
from ESD or accidental application of
the wrong voltage.
Schmitt triggers are configured on
the Pico’s GPIO inputs, reducing false
triggering from noisy sources, such as
switches and relays.
Component selection
PCM5102A DAC modules are available from many online suppliers. The
PCB accommodates either of the two
most common module layouts (see the
photos below).
The one with L-shaped pinouts is
preferred, as it has separate 3.3V regulators for the analog and digital supplies to the PCM5102A IC.
I tested an OPA2134 op amp, but
the NE5532 is preferred as it is significantly cheaper and has slightly lower
2nd harmonic distortion across the
5-30kHz range.
Some components related to the
NE5532 filters need close tolerances
and linear dielectrics for good performance, so make sure the parts you
These are the two PCM5102 modules
that can be used in this design. We
recommend the one on the left; we
expect it to have lower output noise as it has separate
3.3V regulators for the analog and digital functions.
use meet the specifications in the
parts list.
If suitable leaded capacitors are
unavailable, SMD capacitors with
an M3216/1206 or M2012/0805 footprint can be soldered across the pads
on the PCB, assuming they meet the
minimum specifications. 1% tolerance resistors are adequate throughout the design.
The 3.5” LCD SPI touchscreen is
commonly available and is the same as
used in the Micromite LCD BackPack
V3. It is available from the Silicon
Chip Online Shop, along with the PCB
for this project and some other parts.
The footprints for PCB-
mounting
RCA sockets are unfortunately anything but standard. The two most common footprints can be accommodated
on the PCB and are available from
multiple suppliers, eg, Altronics has
P0208C or P0144A, while other major
parts suppliers stock at least one of
Cliff FC68371, Keystone 970 series,
Lumberg 1553-02 or Multicomp Pro
PSG01547.
Switched or unswitched varieties
can be used. The centre height of the
RCA connector barrel varies between
types, which will affect the case drilling.
We recommend using headers to
mount the PCM5102A and Pico modules to facilitate commissioning and
debugging. Sockets for the three 8-pin
DIP ICs are optional.
Rotary encoders come with either
splined or D-shaped shafts; either can
be used. I prefer ‘scrubber’ knobs with
a small dimple on the top. The most
commonly available is the Adafruit
35mm Scrubber Knob, which fits a flatted shaft. Whichever knob you select,
make sure that the shaft fitting of the
encoder matches the knob’s.
Next month
Part two of our series on building
the WiFi DDS Function Generator next
month will have all the construction
details, programming instructions,
testing procedures and usage instrucSC
tions.
U Cable Tester
S
B
Test just about any USB cable!
USB-A (2.0/3.2) USB-B (2.0/3.2)
USB-C Mini-B Micro-B (2.0/3.2)
Reports faults with individual cable
ends, short circuits, open circuits,
voltage drops and cable resistance etc
November & December 2021 issue
siliconchip.com.au/Series/374
DIY kit for $110
SC5966 – siliconchip.com.au/Shop/20/5966
Everything included except the case and batteries, see our website for postage rates
50
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
A must have
reference for
your projects in
the year ahead.
Did you miss out on a copy
of our latest catalogue?
Register today and we will send you a complimentary copy in the post.
www.altronics.com.au/catalogue/
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Or shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
© Altronics 2024. E&OE.
Build It Yourself Electronics Centre®
49.95
$
Battery
Sensor Strip
Lights
SAVE 19%
16
$
X 3229
At only $20 you
can afford to put
these handy battery
powered sensor lights
in every cupboard
or wardrobe! Lights
up when you open
the door. Includes
1m adhesive backed
strip.30 second
on time. No wiring
required - just 4xAAA
batteries.
X 2384
Cable Free Solar Security Light
Lights up to 80sq/m with this powerful multi panel LED light
which requires no wiring and is powered by the sun! IP65 rated
for outdoor use. Great for the garden or driveway. 600 lumens.
Banish the darkness!
NEW GENLAMP® LIGHTING RANGE
USB Sensor Light
X 0213
SAVE 15%
SAVE 19%
$
$
42
A handy 30cm wide
sensor light with in-built
USB rechargeable
battery. A simple lighting
solution for wardrobes
at home or cabinetry
in kitchens, caravans
etc. 30 second on time.
Aluminium case with
detachable clip for when
it needs recharging.
24
X 0226
Compact yet
powerful!
Camping, Fishing, Anything Light!
Handy 3 in 1 Torch
& USB Battery Bank
Ideal for camping, roadside
emergencies and around the home. It can be used as an
LED lantern, torch, emergency light and USB battery
bank. 4800mAh internal battery.
X 2394
Standard torch PLUS 5W LED flood light in one
convenient folding design. Multiple light modes.
In-built magnets for attaching to under car
bonnets, campers etc while you work. Size: 102
x 65 x 32mm.
NEW!
29.95
$
6W Solar
Outdoor
Light
NEW!
14.95
$
X 0235
2 for
30
2 for
$
28
$
X 2388
X 2389
2 in 1 Pen Torch
Solar Deck Light
Solar Step Light
3 Watts of LED power with
40m beam range & side
lantern. Requires 2xAAA.
Fully sealed design. Turns on in the
dark to provide low level lighting for
decks, paths etc. 109Øx22mm
Fully sealed design. Turns on in the
dark to provide low level lighting for
steps, letterbox etc. 100x88x50mm
Fantastic for
highlighting garden
features, trees and
landscaping, this
powerful solar light
needs no wiring and
and can be used in
ground or attached to
the wall. Flood/spot
modes. 6-7hr run time.
IP67 rated.
X 2385
NEW!
54.95
$
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Or shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
Build It Yourself Electronics Centre®
© Altronics 2024. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until 31/5/24 or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
Amazing
value under
$100
Q 1073A
Q 1133A
SAVE $10
Q 1088
SAVE $10
49
89
$
$
Handy Auto Ranging DMM
Simplicity & functionality in one compact
test device. 10A DC current. 1Hz-30MHz
counter. Includes test leads & temp probe.
Great for students!
Water &
dust proof!
Top Spec True RMS DMM
Our first multimeter with wireless USB charging
in-built! Includes top spec features such as
illuminated sockets, LED torch, desk stand, True
RMS, non contact voltage detection, frequency
meter and relative mode.
SAVE $50
119
$
All-Weather True RMS
Multimeter
Top of the range - great features and price! Ideal for
marine/mining techs. • True RMS • 40MHz freq.
counter with bar graph • Max/min recording
• Capacitance to 40mF. • Temp with thermocouple.
Test. Measure. Repair.
G r e a t v a l u e w o r k b e n c h g e a r.
SAVE $54
M 8303 3A
SAVE $44
M 8254
145
$
145
$
M 8305 5A
SAVE $40
119
$
Low Current Lab Power Supplies
Great for servicing, repair and design of
electronics. Low noise switchmode design. Fine
& coarse voltage and current controls. 3A or 5A
max models. Size: 85Wx160Hx205Dmm.
SAVE $130
499
$
M 8213
13.8V 20A Bench Power Supply
A fixed voltage output power supply designed
for powering automotive, marine and comms
equipment. Low noise and ripple design
(<100mV) offers excellent efficiency and
performance.
20A Benchtop Power
Supply
A compact 1-30V DC power
supply with 3 programmable
preset outputs. Fixed 5A aux
output also available from front
panel. High efficiency design with
low noise and ripple for reliable
use in electronic servicing. 200 x
90 x 215mm
Q 0102
SAVE $84
345
$
Powerful diagnosis tools in the
palm of your hand.
This compact digital storage oscilloscope and digital
multimeter makes field testing easy, even when working in
tight spaces or with equipment on site. Offers 2 channels
with real time sampling of 125MSa/s per channel with
waveform comparison tools and a full range of accessories.
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Or shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
Build It Yourself Electronics Centre®
© Altronics 2024. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until 31/5/24 or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
Be a happy camper.
F I T O U T T H E C A R & C A R AVA N .
N 1114A 100W
349
$
N 1117A 200W
649
$
NEW!
Size: 360W x 185H x 138Dmm.
T 5099
219
$
Connect-It-All DC Power Hub
A complete central power hub for your 4WD, caravan or
camping remote power set up. 6 contura style illuminated
rocker switches, 3 car accessory sockets (12V), USB charger,
volt meter, protected by a 6 way weatherproof fuse block.
Heavy Duty Solar Blankets
Premium quality solar charging for your remote power system.
Provide portable charging power for your campsite set up. Double
stitched panels, durable webbing straps and metal hanging loops and
zippered cable pocket. 200W version has folding legs which allow the
panel to be used freestanding. Folds up and secures with velcro for a fast
getaway! 5m Anderson cable connection. Note: solar regulator required
see website for recommended models.
S 2694
NEW!
149
$
P 0696A
SAVE 16%
29
$
Q 0594
The Ultimate
Battery Fuel Gauge.
USB 18W PD Socket
& Voltmeter
Includes QC3.0 3A output, plus 18W
USB C PD. 29mm mounting hole.
Tyre Pressure
Monitor System
This solar powered TPMS
unit sits on your dash
and provides wireless
monitoring of your tyre
pressures. Provides high/
low pressure alarms, leak
detection and temperature
monitoring. Optional signal
booster Q 1302 $95.
75
$
Compact DC Power Hub & Isolator
Designed to manage power in your 12V or 24V vehicle.
Measuring just 160x160x80mm, this box is packed with
connections, including 50A Anderson style inputs and
outputs, 60W USB charger, 2 x car accessory sockets.
SAVE 15%
Measures battery voltage, current,
power, real capacity and remaining
run time of your connected battery.
16.95
$
P 7813
M 8658
34.95
$
Q 1300
NEW!
175
$
50A Anderson Style Socket
Snap fit cover provides protection from
dust and moisture when not in use.
120A model also available.
Anderson Style
In-Line Fuse Adapter.
Instantly add a 50A fuse to any
Anderson equipped appliance or
circuit.
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Or shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
Build It Yourself Electronics Centre®
© Altronics 2024. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until 31/5/24 or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
Subscribe to
APRIL 2024
ISSN 1030-2662
04
The VERY BEST DIY Projects
!
9 771030 266001
$12 50* NZ $13 90
INC GST
INC GST
Pico Gamer
A RETRO GAME CONSOLE WITH
NINE GAMES INCLUDED
Amateur Radio Operators
and how to become a “ham”
ROCK Model 4C+ SBC
Review; Page 58
Australia’s top electronics magazine
Skill Tester 9000
Project; Page 62
Silicon Chip is one of the best DIY electronics magazines in the
world. Each month is filled with a variety of projects that you can
build yourself, along with features on a wide range of topics from
in-depth electronics articles to general tech overviews.
Free entry to the
Altium Roadshow 2024
Thursday April 4 , 12:00 –
5:00PM AEDT
Pullman Sydney Olympic Park,
NSW 2127
<at> NEXUS ROOM
th
see page 7
ESP-32CAM LCD BackPack
Project; Page 72
Reference MEMS Mics
Project; Page 79
Published in
Silicon Chip
If you have an active subscription you receive 10% OFF
orders from our Online Shop (siliconchip.com.au/Shop/)*
Rest of
World
New
Zealand
Australia
* does not include the cost of postage
Length
Print
Combined
Online
6 months
$70
$80
$52.50
1 year
$127.50
$147.50
$100
2 years
$240
$275
$190
6 months
$82.50
$92.50
1 year
$150
$170
2 years
$285
$320
6 months
$100
$110
1 year
$195
$215
All prices are
in Australian
dollars (AUD).
Combined
subscriptions
include both
the printed
magazine and
online access.
2 years
$380
$415
Prices are valid
for month of
issue.
Try our Online Subscription – now with PDF downloads!
Computer Storage
Systems; February &
March 2024
Raspberry Pi Pico
Digital Video Terminal;
March & April 2024
The Pico Gamer;
April 2024
Becoming a Radio
Amateur; April 2024
An online issue is perfect for those who don’t want too much clutter around the house and
is the same price worldwide. Issues can be viewed online, or downloaded as a PDF.
To start your subscription go to
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Subscribe
The Formula 1 Power Unit
By Brandon Speedie
Modern Formula 1 engines have incredible performance despite their modest size. They
owe their high power and astonishing efficiency to the clever use of two electric motors
and some smart electronics.
Image Source: Jay Hirano Photography/Shutterstock.com
T
he current specification for Formula 1 race car engines was introduced in 2014. It was a major shift for
the sport from the previous V8 petrol
engines, given its much higher reliance on electrical power and a strong
emphasis on efficiency. These hybrid
engines can generate over 750kW, a
remarkable feat considering its compact design—a turbocharged 1.6-litre
V6 weighing only 145kg.
Even more astonishing is its efficiency, peaking above 50%, nearly
twice as efficient as most other petrol engines and approaching the theoretical maximum efficiency of a heat
engine (54% for the 18:1 compression
ratio per FIA regulations).
This exceptional efficiency allows
a Formula 1 car to cover an entire
Grand Prix (300km) circuit at race
speeds using just 100kg of fuel despite
the constant acceleration and braking
inherent in motor racing.
Internal combustion engine
To explain how the electrical system
works, we first need to understand the
internal combustion engine (ICE). Similar to the engines in most road-going
cars, air enters the intake manifold
56
Silicon Chip
and is mixed with a hydrocarbon fuel
similar to petrol (with 10% ethanol). It
is ignited inside the engine cylinders,
producing heat.
This increased heat, and therefore
pressure, pushes down on a piston,
which attaches to a crankshaft and
ultimately to the rear wheels for propulsion. Assuming perfect combustion and a 9:1 mixture by weight of
octane (the closest single hydrocarbon to regular petrol) and ethanol, the
chemical reaction is:
58 C8H18 + 16 CH3CH2OH + 773 O2
→ 496 CO2 + 570 H2O
The turbocharger
After passing through the engine,
the combustion byproducts are
expelled as hot exhaust gas (a mixture of CO2 and steam). While they
are considered waste to the piston
engine, they still contain heat, which
can do useful work. Some of that
‘waste’ energy is used to spin a shaft
by attaching a turbine to the exhaust
manifold.
The shaft is connected to a compressor assembly on the intake manifold,
which increases the intake fuel and air
Australia's electronics magazine
mixture density, allowing more molecules to enter the fixed volume of the
engine. Burning this greater air/fuel
volume produces higher cylinder pressures and therefore more power. This
increased intake pressure is referred
to as ‘boost’.
The hybrid system
The electrical system operates
together with the ICE to increase power
and efficiency. It consists of two electric motors, which can also work as
generators: the Motor Generator Unit
– Kinetic (MGU-K) and the Motor Generator Unit – Heat (MGU-H). There is
also a small (4MJ or 1.1kWh) Energy
Store (ES) unit, which can be used to
keep power from these generators for
later use.
Some participating F1 teams initially experimented with a mechanical
flywheel-style ES, or capacitors, but
all have now adopted a lithium-ion
battery.
The type of motor used for the
MGU-K and MGU-H is a closely
guarded secret but they are almost certainly permanent-magnet synchronous
reluctance (PMSynRM) types.
The PMSynRM is a hybrid motor
siliconchip.com.au
An exploded view showing
the components of the energy
recovery system in an F1 engine.
Source: Renault
combining technology from permanent
magnet motors and synchronous reluctance motors. Its theory of operation
is similar to that of a hybrid stepper
motor, which we previously covered
in some detail (January 2019 issue;
siliconchip.au/Article/11370).
The rotor in a PMSynRM motor is
designed to have a very low reluctance
in one axis and a high reluctance in
another axis offset by 45°. When the
stator windings apply a rotating magnetic field, a reluctance torque is generated that rotates the rotor with very
little power loss.
Pure SynRM motors do not need
permanent magnets; the PMSynRM
motor is a hybrid type that includes
some permanent magnets in the flux
barriers for increased torque and
power at a given motor size – see Fig.1.
Recently, the PMSynRM motors
have begun to gain widespread use.
They have slightly higher efficiency
than an equivalent induction motor, as
there are lower resistive losses in the
rotor (no squirrel cage with induced
currents and therefore resistive heating). However, PMSynRM motors have
high torque ripple, which makes them
difficult to control.
It has only been recent advances in
power electronics and control algorithms that have made them attractive for general use. Tesla Motors
has begun using PMSynRM in their
newer vehicles, moving away from
the induction motor their company
siliconchip.com.au
namesake, Nicola Tesla, so famously
invented.
The Motor Generator Unit –
Kinetic (MGU-K)
The MGU-K is a 120kW motor connected to the crankshaft of the ICE.
Regulations limit the rotational speed
to ‘just’ 50,000 RPM. By coupling the
MGU-K to the engine crankshaft, the
motor has a direct path to the wheels.
When operated as a motor, the driver
has 120kW of extra power available.
When operated as a generator, electrical energy can be harvested and
stored in the ES as the car is slowing
for a corner, ie, regenerative braking.
This also means the rear disc brakes
can be much smaller and lighter than
they would otherwise need to be; the
MGU-K provides much of the stopping force, so the mechanical brakes
have much less power and heat to
dissipate.
The Motor Generator Unit –
Heat (MGU-H)
Fig.1: PMSynRM motors use a
combination of radially variable
reluctance and permanent magnets
to provide very high power and
efficiency in a compact package. Flux
lines are obstructed along the q-axis
but not along the d-axis. Note that the
flux guides/barriers don’t have to line
up with the motor poles, and they are
usually more gracefully curved in a
real motor.
Australia's electronics magazine
The MGU-H is similar to the MGUK, except it is coupled to the turbocharger shaft rather than the engine
crankshaft. The F1 rules allow a higher
rotary speed limit of 125,000 RPM to
better suit the typical operating speed
of a turbo. Unlike the MGU-K, it has
no mandated power limit.
The MGU-H has two primary functions. One is to operate as a generator,
harvesting electricity from the turbine.
On a traditional engine, a turbo’s operating speed is controlled by a wastegate, which opens to bypass exhaust
around the turbine as it approaches
maximum speed. This gas is effectively wasted (although many people
like the whooshing sound it generates
on accelerator lift-off!).
On a Formula 1 engine, the MGU-H
May 2024 57
controls the turbine speed. Once the
engine has enough boost, the motor
begins generating electricity, which
has the side benefit of acting as a
turbo boost controller. In this way,
no exhaust gas is wasted and the
engine’s overall efficiency is drastically improved. This is known as
“cogeneration”.
It is worth noting that the engine
also has a wastegate, as in a traditional
turbocharged engine. However, it only
opens in specific scenarios that will be
described later.
The MGU-H can also operate as a
motor to help spool up the turbo when
there is insufficient exhaust gas for the
turbine to do it alone. This is most
often done exiting a corner, where
the driver is beginning to accelerate,
but the turbo is not yet spinning fast
enough to provide adequate boost.
The MGU-H is thus used to eliminate ‘turbo lag’, a common complaint
from drivers of turbocharged cars who
suffer degraded throttle response and
driveability. It’s less of a problem on
a racetrack because you can anticipate needing to accelerate, but it’s still
something that would otherwise need
to be managed by the driver.
Turbos suffer two related problems:
turbo lag refers to the time the turbine takes to spin up from a sufficient
exhaust flow, while the ‘boost threshold’ is the amount of exhaust required
before the turbine can produce maximum boost.
Both cause a delay in full power
availability, and both are mitigated
by the MGU-H being able to spin the
turbine up on demand, regardless of
exhaust flow.
Energy flows
The MGU-K, MGU-H, and ES all
work together to optimise the racecar’s
performance. This orchestration is
performed by the control electronics,
which can quickly redistribute power
between each component. The control electronics can control when the
MGU-K and MGU-H act as a motor
or generator, the amount of power
delivered or extracted, and where that
energy goes.
Regulations limit some power flows,
while others are left unbounded –
see Fig.2. The ES is capped at 4MJ of
deployment each lap, which gives the
driver 33 seconds of additional power
through the 120kW MGU-K. Of this
4MJ, up to half can be provided by
the MGU-K through regenerative braking. The rest of the ES charge comes
from the MGU-H, which has no harvesting limit.
Power can also flow directly from
the MGU-H to the MGU-K, which
bypasses the ES and is therefore not
counted in the 4MJ limit. This ends
up being a large proportion of the
overall deployment energy in a typical race lap.
Control algorithms
Teams spend considerable resources
modelling the system’s behaviour to
develop optimum control algorithms.
These ‘maps’ change to suit every
track and will have different options
depending on the driver’s needs at any
given time.
Let’s consider how the hybrid system might respond to one corner of
a race track, with reference to Fig.3.
As the car approaches the corner, the
driver applies the brakes.
During the stopping phase, the
MGU-K operates as a generator, sending power to the ES to charge it up. The
driver is neither braking nor accelerating through the corner apex, so the
system is idle.
Upon exiting the corner, the driver
begins to open the throttle. Power is
deployed from the ES to the MGU-H
to spool up the turbocharger. As more
throttle is applied, the exhaust gas
begins to take over from the MGU-H
in spinning up the turbo, so less and
less power flows from the ES.
Once the car has straightened
out, the driver has the throttle fully
open. Power flows from the ES to the
MGU-K to give the driver maximum
acceleration. The turbocharger is
now fully spooled up, so the MGU-H
crosses over from being a motor to a
generator and starts supplying the
MGU-K directly, rather than discharging the ES. The MGU-H continues to supply the MGU-K for much
of the straight.
On approach to the next corner,
energy from the MGU-H is diverted
from the MGU-K to charge up the ES.
The driver will feel this as a sudden
loss of power, as the MGU-K is no longer deploying. The drivers call this a
‘derate’, and it is a common source of
complaint over the radio.
While it may feel unnerving to a
driver to suddenly lose power under
the pressure of a race, it is the overall best choice as the ES needs to be
recharged for deployment on the next
corner exit, which is much more critical to overall lap time than corner
entry. Once the driver applies the
brakes, the entire cycle repeats.
The driver can use different modes
to help them execute their race
strategy. For example, if a driver is
approaching a slower car, they might
opt for a charging mode, which will
harvest slightly more power than
usual, and the ES will charge up to its
maximum of 4MJ.
When the driver is ready to attempt
an overtake, they can swap to a more
Fig.2: a block diagram of a current, standard Formula 1 power unit. The ICE is combined with a turbocharger, two
electric motors (MGU-K and MGU-H) and an energy storage system (Li-ion batteries), forming a hybrid power source.
58
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
aggressive mode (via the buttons and
flaps on the steering wheel), which
will discharge the ES and give the
driver extra power to complete the
overtake.
The car in front can also use its
battery defensively to try to retain
track position against the faster car
approaching from behind. The hybrid
system thus allows an element of catand-mouse between drivers.
For this reason, overtakes can be
many laps in the making; the attacking driver may need to mount multiple
attempts to deplete the battery pack of
the car in front before the move can
be made.
Qualifying mode
An interesting configuration of the
hybrid system occurs during qualifying, where the cars are timed over a
single lap. During this session, it is
all about power; there is less need to
optimise efficiency.
When in ‘quali mode’, there are
periods where the wastegate is purposefully opened, venting otherwise
usable energy. This reduces the back
pressure on the engine, allowing it to
make marginally more power. To retain
boost, the MGU-H constantly takes
power from the ES to spool the turbo.
This can be thought of as an electric
supercharger system.
As the energy stored in the ES only
needs to last a single lap during qualifying, this unusual mode actually provides peak performance.
Fig.3: an example of how the MGU-H, MGU-K and energy storage system
can recover kinetic energy during the entry to a corner and increase
acceleration out of the corner. The exact profiles will vary depending on the
corner speed, radius, what follows it etc. Formula 1 teams and drivers work
to optimise the precise scheme used for each corner of every track.
Road-going versions
The technology behind the MGU-H
and MGU-K has filtered down to production vehicles. The Mercedes-Benz
SL 43 AMG features an “electrically
assisted turbocharger” from Garrett
(which they call an E-Turbo). It functions similarly to the MGU-H, eliminating turbo lag.
The Mercedes-Benz AMG ONE is
a sports car featuring a modified version of the Formula 1 engine, with the
addition of two electric motors driving
the front wheels. This system provides
up to 360kW of electric propulsion, in
addition to the 422kW from the ICE
directly, for a total of 782kW.
This vehicle has achieved numerous lap records for a road-going production car, including at the famed
Nürburgring Nordschleife, beating
the previous record by a staggering
13 seconds.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.4: a top-down schematic view of the Mercedes-Benz power unit. Note
the elongated turbocharger shaft, allowing the compressor and turbine to
be positioned at either end of the engine. This is unusual as the turbine and
compressor are normally next to each other, in the same housing. Intake air
and fuel are in blue, while exhaust is in red/orange. The MGU-H is coupled
to the turbocharger shaft and is in the engine V to save space, while the
MGU-K connects to the engine crankshaft.
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 59
Mini Projects #001 – by Tim Blythman
SILICON CHIP
Symbol
Keyboard
We are already using this Mini Project
every day. It’s easy to build and
requires only a Leonardo board and a
display shield. It’s a Symbol Keyboard,
allowing you to easily type symbols and other
characters that don’t appear on regular keyboards.
M
any of the articles that we write
include scientific, mathematical
or typographic symbols that aren’t easily entered with a keyboard. In Windows, for example, some symbols can
be entered from the so-called Emoji
Panel; previously, tools like Character
Map allowed symbols to be copied to
the clipboard for pasting into a document. However, those methods are
slow and awkward.
Windows also supports ‘Alt codes’,
which allow a code (corresponding to
a specific symbol or character) to be
entered on the numeric keypad. Many
of the available characters come from
what is known as Code Page 1252.
Since a Leonardo board can emulate a USB keyboard, it can generate
these key sequences as needed. While
a series of pushbuttons could be used
for input, we have decided to use an
LCD touch panel, as it allows us to customise the available symbols.
By using a display shield, assembly
is simple: just plug the shield into the
Leonardo board. Of course, it needs
to be programmed; we have used the
Arduino IDE for this, so it is easy to
modify or customise.
The photo shows a complete Symbol
Keyboard populated with our choice
of symbols. We often use these symbols when writing our articles, but
there are many other useful ones in the
Windows Code Page 1252 set. Many
are accented letters used in languages
other than English.
Note that the Alt codes scheme only
works on Windows computers, so this
keyboard will not work on other operating systems. Alt codes should also
work in Linux, but for macOS, you
would have to modify the software
to use either Option codes or text
replacements.
Assembly and programming
Plug the display shield into the
Leonardo and use the USB cable to
connect it to a computer. That completes the physical assembly! Next,
download the sketch (siliconchip.au/
Shop/6/378), extract the ZIP file, open
the sketch with the Arduino IDE and
upload the sketch. You shouldn’t need
any external libraries.
While the sketch is compiling, open
a text editor window (eg, Notepad) to
test the Symbol Keyboard. This will
also help to catch any stray keystrokes
if there is a problem.
You should see the LCD screen initialise with the graphics seen in our
Parts List – Symbol Keyboard (JMP001)
1 Arduino Leonardo [Jaycar XC4430]
1 2.8in Colour LCD Touch Screen Shield [Jaycar XC4630]
1 USB Micro-B to Type-A cable [Jaycar WC7723 or similar]
60
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
photos. Pressing any of the symbols
on the display panel should cause the
corresponding symbol to be typed into
the text editor. In that case, all is well.
If your display is not correct, try
pressing the touch panel to see if that
triggers keystrokes. That should still
work even if the display is wrong. If
the touch panel isn’t responding, try
reprogramming the Leonardo.
Software details
The software is relatively straightforward. It displays a series of symbol buttons on the LCD and waits
for a touch to be registered on one of
them, after which it sends the appropriate key sequence to the attached
computer.
The Arduino AVR board profile (which supports the Leonardo)
includes the keyboard library. We
have written a function that wraps the
sequence needed to send the Alt code.
The XC4630d.c file is customised
for the specific display shield we’re
using; you might need to set the shield
version near the top of this file. We’re
using the XC4630_v4 #define, which
works well with a recently obtained
shield sample.
The bitmaps.c file contains the data
for displaying the symbol images on
the screen. We created them as 64×64
pixel files in Microsoft Paint by entering the necessary Alt codes to create
matching text characters at a 48-point
size.
siliconchip.com.au
The Symbol Keyboard is a simple and compact project based on an Arduino Leonardo and
2.8in LCD touchscreen module. It is usable without an enclosure, although it’s a good idea to add
some rubber feet to protect your desk.
We then used the online converter
at siliconchip.au/link/abu6 to generate
the data used in the program. You can
use similar steps to create your own
custom symbol images.
You also need to set correct Alt
codes to ‘type’ them. We found them
on the Wikipedia page at https://w.
wiki/9SGq
We knew they would type the corresponding characters later since we
used the Alt codes to generate the corresponding bitmaps.
Customisation
To customise the symbols, you must
change the Alt code in the codes[]
array. The appropriate code can be
found in the Windows 1252 Code Page
(link above). You will also need to add
a matching monochrome bitmap to the
bitmaps.c file and add a reference to
that in the bitmaps[] array.
Apart from creating custom bitmaps to display different symbols,
The 64×64
pixel bitmaps
were created
with a
48-point font
in Microsoft
Paint. We made
them by typing
the same Alt
codes that we
set the program
to produce
when they are
selected.
siliconchip.com.au
the orientation of the buttons on
the display can be changed too. The
XC4630_rotate() command in setup()
determines the orientation.
Values 2 and 4 are landscape mode,
while values 1 and 3 give portrait
orientation. ROWS and COLUMNS
should be changed to 4 and 3 to make
the portrait orientation work correctly.
The BUTTON_WIDTH and BUTTON_HEIGHT #defines determine the
spacing between the buttons. Using a
spacing of 80 pixels with bitmaps measuring 64 pixels means that there is a
comfortable amount of room between
them.
If you are confident with the Arduino IDE, you can change these values
to fit more buttons and thus symbols on
the display. You could create smaller
bitmaps too.
The colours can also be changed by
modifying the FGC and BGC #defines.
The available colour names are listed
in the XC4630d.c file. Other 16-bit
(RGB565) colour values can be used
here instead.
Note that you must re-upload the
sketch for any changes to take effect.
Conclusion
It’s a simple build, but the Symbol
Keyboard has already become a handy
tool for us while we write our articles.
We can’t believe we didn’t think of it
SC
earlier!
These characters in the Windows 1252 Code Page can all be typed by the
Symbol Keyboard. Alt codes for Unicode characters exist but require the
Windows Registry to be modified to enter them.
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 61
SILICON CHIP
Mini Projects #003 – by Tim Blythman
Thermal Fan
Control
This project demonstrates how two
modules can be combined with a bit
of extra circuitry to do a useful job.
The result is a circuit that will power
a load, like a fan, when the ambient
temperature exceeds a set threshold.
T
he fans in practically all modern
desktop PCs are thermally controlled. This means that they are only
turned on when needed, usually when
the PC’s internal temperature gets
too high. The fans can turn on when
the temperature rises, moving hot air
and replacing it with cooler air. Some
PCs can even run the fans at different
speeds, depending on the temperature.
Older PCs always had their fans running at full speed. Being able to control
them means that noise is kept down
and the wear and tear on the fans is
minimised.
This project has a similar function; it provides automatic control
of a fan based on temperature and
can be adjusted to work at different
temperatures, but it doesn’t require a
microcontroller. It could be useful, for
example, to power a ventilation fan in
a room if the temperature inside that
room gets too high.
We use the Jaycar XC4494 Temperature Sensor Module to sense the ambient temperature and the Jaycar XC4488
Mosfet Module to switch the fan (or
other low-voltage DC load) on and off.
The Temperature Sensor Module produces an analog voltage that
depends on the temperature. We apply
that voltage to a simple comparator chip that produces a high or low
level output, depending on whether
the analog voltage is above or below
a set level.
Circuit details
Fig.1 shows the resulting circuit.
Note the two boxes that correspond
to the two modules. The circuitry
Parts List – Thermal Fan Control (JMP003)
1 Temperature Sensor Module [Jaycar XC4494]
1 Mosfet Module [Jaycar XC4488]
1 12V DC fan [Jaycar YX2512 or similar]
1 12V 500mA plug pack or other 12V power source [Jaycar MP3011]
1 17-row breadboard or protoboard [Jaycar PB8820 or HP9570]
1 2.1mm DC socket [Jaycar PS0526 or PA3713]
1 10kW potentiometer (VR1) [Jaycar RP7510]
1 LM311 comparator IC, DIP-8 (IC1) [Jaycar ZL3311]
1 100nF 100V MKT capacitor (C1) [Jaycar RM7125]
1 100μF 25V electrolytic capacitor (C2) [Jaycar RE6140]
1 220W 1/2W axial resistor (R1) [Jaycar RR0556]
1 1MW 1/2W axial resistor (R2) [Jaycar RR0644]
1 8-pin DIL IC socket (optional, for IC1) [Jaycar PI6500 or PI6452]
Assorted breadboard wire/jumper wires [Jaycar PB8850 or WC6027]
62
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
and components
in those boxes
come pre-soldered
to the module when
you buy it.
One advantage of this analog
approach is that we can run all the circuitry from 12V DC rather than needing to generate a lower voltage to run a
microcontroller. That reduces the necessary parts and simplifies the design.
The parts we’re using will happily run
from 5V up to 18V.
IC1 is a comparator. In simple terms,
when the voltage at + pin (pin 2) is
higher than the – pin (pin 3), output
pin 7 ‘floats’ and is pulled up to 12V
by current from the 220W resistor. The
rest of the time, when the + voltage is
lower than the – voltage, IC1 internally
connects pin 7 to pin 1, where pin 1
is at 0V (ground).
That means the output is 12V when
the + voltage is higher than the other,
or at 0V when the + voltage is lower.
By connecting the pin 7 output to
the SIG line of the Mosfet Module, the
Mosfet switches on when the voltage
at pin 7 is 12V, and when the Mosfet
is on, it powers the fan.
VR1 is a potentiometer that provides
our voltage/temperature setpoint; the
wiper voltage can be adjusted between
0V and 12V by rotating the shaft on
top. This adjustable voltage is applied
to pin 2 of IC1. Thus, IC1 compares
the VR1 setting to the voltage from
the Temperature Sensor Module, so
siliconchip.com.au
have delayed the hysteresis, making
it much less effective, as we found in
one of our early prototypes!
By reversing the connections to
the trimpot and Temperature Sensor
module and swapping those inputs,
the output of IC1 behaves the same.
However, the hysteresis problem is
solved, as no capacitor is connected
to the trimpot wiper.
The remaining components are
100nF and 100μF supply bypass
capacitors that stabilise the circuit
by smoothing out any changes to the
incoming supply voltage.
Top left: the small component with
the black bead is a 10kW negative
temperature coefficient (NTC)
thermistor. That means its resistance
is close to 10kW at 25°C, decreasing
as the temperature rises. Jaycar’s
RN3440 is an NTC thermistor similar
to the module’s onboard one.
Top centre: the Mosfet Module consists
of the components shown in the right-hand box
in Fig.1 and can be replaced by their equivalents if you want
to build a version without modules. Jaycar’s ZT2468 (IRF1405 Mosfet) is
similar to the IRF520.
Right: any 12V brushless DC fan will do for this project. We have used the Jaycar
YX2512.
adjusting VR1’s screw lets you set the
temperature at which the output will
switch.
Hang on – isn’t it backwards?
While the S pin of the Temperature
Sensor Module connects to pin 3 of IC1,
its V pin is connected to ground (0V),
and the G pin is connected to the 12V
supply. That might seem backwards,
but the Temperature Sensor module
is just a group of passive components,
none of which care about polarity, so
we’re free to connect it this way.
When wired this way, an increasing temperature causes a decreasing
voltage at the S pin. VR1 is also wired
‘backwards’, so that turning the screw
clockwise reduces the wiper voltage,
to match the behaviour of the Temperature Sensor Module.
The reason for doing it this way is
to allow us to provide predictable hysteresis. That is the purpose of the 1MW
resistor. When IC1’s pin 7 is high, some
current flows through the 1MW resistor, raising the potentiometer wiper
voltage slightly.
Since VR1 is wired backwards, this
is the same as reducing the setpoint
slightly, meaning that the temperature has to drop a little after the fan
switches on before it switches off. That
stops it from ‘juddering’ on and off rapidly when the ambient temperature is
hovering near the switching setpoint.
If we had wired the circuit up the
‘normal’ way, the hysteresis current
would have to be applied to the input
connecting to the S terminal of the
Temperature Sensor Module. The filter capacitor in that module would
Construction
We built our prototype on a PB8820
solderless breadboard. Still, the design
is well-suited to the HP9570 prototyping board, which has an identical
layout and will provide a more robust
and permanent result. We soldered
short lengths of wire to the modules
to make for a neat layout. If you prefer
not to solder, the circuit will work with
jumper wires but may not be as tidy.
In our photos, all red wires connect
to the 12V supply and all black wires
go to 0V. Use the photos and circuit
diagram to wire yours up like ours.
We placed the 1MW resistor on top
of IC1, as it connects between pins 2
& 7. Also, the 220W resistor has had
its lead bent by 180° so that it can be
wired to two adjacent rows, connecting to both pins 7 and 8 of IC1.
We used a soldered DC socket to
supply power, but you could use the
Jaycar PA3713 screw terminal version
if you prefer. Leave the fan off for testing, since the Mosfet Module has an
indicator LED that shows whether it
is on or off.
We used a 12V DC plugpack for
Fig.1: this simple circuit uses a comparator (IC1) to compare a setpoint (from VR1) with the voltage from a Temperature
Sensor Module (on the left). The 1MW resistor feeds some voltage back from the comparator’s output, providing hysteresis
that stops the fan from turning on and off rapidly if the temperature is near the setpoint.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 63
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE AT
Pin 1
$21.50*
PLUS
P&P
Are your copies of
Silicon Chip getting
damaged or dog-eared
just lying around in a
cupboard or on a shelf?
Can you quickly find a
particular issue that you
need to refer to?
Keep your copies
safe, secure and
always available with
these handy binders
These binders will protect your
copies of S ilicon C hip . They
feature heavy-board covers, hold
12 issues & will look great on your
bookshelf.
H 80mm internal width
H Silicon Chip logo printed in goldcoloured lettering on spine &
cover
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 194
Matraville NSW 2036
Order online from www.
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/4
or call (02) 9939 3295
and quote your credit card
number.
*see website for delivery prices.
64
Silicon Chip
The potentiometer at upper left sets a voltage that is compared to the voltage
from the Temperature Sensor Module. If the temperature is higher than that
set by the potentiometer, the fan is switched on by activating the Mosfet
Module to supply 12V. We have included some close-ups of the wiring.
power, but a 9V battery (connected
using a PH9251 battery snap to 2.1mm
plug) should be fine for initial testing. If you start with VR1 fully anti-
clockwise, the LED should be on initially. It should go off at some point
as you rotate VR1 clockwise.
If the LED works in reverse or
isn’t switching on and off as VR1 is
adjusted, check your wiring before
connecting the fan.
Turn VR1 anti-clockwise until the
LED is on, then turn it back until it just
goes off. If you now touch the Temperature Sensor Module’s thermistor, the
LED should switch on as the thermistor registers a higher temperature
(assuming the ambient temperature is
lower than your body temperature!).
After a while (depending on the settings and ambient temperature), the
LED will switch off. In that case, all
is well, and you can connect the fan
and adjust VR1 for a suitable switch-on
threshold.
Australia's electronics magazine
That would be easiest to do if the
thermistor were exposed to a temperature close to your desired threshold, eg, by heating a bit of metal and
then holding it against the thermistor. Let it stabilise, then adjust VR1
until the fan just switches on at that
temperature.
If a DC motor is connected to the
output (rather than a BLDC fan), a
back-EMF quenching diode needs to
be connected across it to avoid damaging the Mosfet at switch-off.
Summary
The comparator was one of the first
integrated circuits, appearing around
60 years ago. Even modern microcontrollers often include one or more
among their internal peripherals. This
project is a great example of how a simple chip like a comparator can interface to analog and digital modules,
and perform a role often delegated to
more complex devices.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Mini Projects #004 – by Tim Blythman
SILICON CHIP
Wired Infrared
Remote Extender
IR (infrared) remote controls have been around for about 50 years, with TV being one of
the first major applications. They are used in many fields, so components and modules
for IR remote control systems are widely available. Here’s how to use them to build an IR
remote control extender.
S
ometimes an IR remote doesn’t
have enough ‘reach’, especially
if the receiving device is in another
room, around a corner or blocked by
furniture. The Wired IR Extender is a
simple fix for that problem; it can easily be built with just a few components.
Rather than transmitting the binary
ones and zeroes of IR codes as the presence or lack of an IR signal, the IR beam
is modulated (turned on and off) at
around 38kHz and further encoded to
simplify reception and error checking.
The modulation helps to make IR
signals immune to interference from
things like sunlight and fluorescent
tubes, since they do not modulate their
IR output near 38kHz.
A simple design
Thanks to the technology packed
into modern electronics modules, we
can create the Wired IR Extender with
a couple of simple modules and a few
other bits and pieces. The main components are the IR Receiver Module
and an IR LED Module.
While it might appear that we could
simply connect one to the other, the
IR Receiver Module demodulates
the 38kHz IR carrier, but the IR LED
Module has no internal means of
reapplying the modulation. So we
need some extra circuitry to add back
the necessary modulation.
Fig.1 shows the resulting circuit.
The 100μF and 100nF bypass capacitors help to reject noise on the 5V
supply rail and keep its voltage stable.
The IR Receiver Module contains the
parts in the box on the left. The part
labelled IR1 could be substituted by
a separate component like Jaycar’s
ZD1952 IR receiver.
The output (at the S pin) usually
sits near 5V, but when an IR signal
around 38kHz is detected, this pin
goes low, lighting up the LED on the
The Wired IR Extender is built on a
small prototyping board, which can
easily be put into a small Jiffy box
for permanent use. You can run two
wires (eg, a figure-8 cable) to situate
the Transmitter Module wherever it
needs to be.
siliconchip.com.au
May 2024 65
220Ω
10kΩ The lines drawn on top of the board
2 x 1kΩ
module. That is called an activelow output.
The 555 timer based circuit
turns the active low signal from the
IR Receiver Module into a 38kHz
modulated active-high signal that
can drive the Infrared Transmitter
Module, which consists of nothing
more than an IR LED (similar to Jaycar ZD1945) on a PCB.
NPN transistor Q1 and its two resistors (1kW & 10kW) form an inverter
that turns the active low signal into an
active high signal. With no IR signal
falling on the IR Receiver Module, current flows into Q1’s base, turning it on.
When Q1 is on, it conducts current into its collector (C) and out of
its emitter (E). The voltage at the collector is therefore low. If an IR signal
is received, the S pin goes to 0V and
no current flows into the base of Q1,
so Q1’s collector voltage can rise to
5V due to current flowing through
the 10kW resistor. That allows the
555 to oscillate and deliver a 38kHz-
modulated signal to the IR LED.
The inverted signal from Q1’s collector goes to IC1’s RESET pin (RS,
pin 4), so IC1’s output (O, pin 3) is
low whenever there is no IR signal.
However, when RESET is high, the 555
timer can operate. Its output will be
mirror the copper tracks on the
underside.
10nF
output producing a 38kHz square
wave. This signal is applied to the
IR LED as long as the IR Receiver
100nF
Module receives a signal.
Note that when there is no sig100μ
100
μF
nal, current through LED1 must
flow through both 1kW resistors.
When a signal is detected and
the S pin is near ground, current only needs to flow through
one of the resistors. So you will see
the LED’s brightness increase as a signal is received.
high after the TRIGGER (Tr) pin goes
below 1/3 of the supply voltage, then Construction
switches low when the THRESHOLD
We built our prototype on a bread(Th) pin goes above 2/3 of the supply board pattern prototyping PCB and
voltage.
recommend you do the same, as we
The TRIGGER (pin 2) and THRESH- found that using a breadboard added
OLD (pin 6) inputs are joined, and stray capacitance. Some of this stray
the 10nF capacitor is kept discharged capacitance appears in parallel with
when RESET is low by the 1kW resis- the 10nF capacitor, slowing down
tor. So the 555’s output goes high as the oscillator. That means it may not
soon as RESET goes high.
work, although we found that many
The 10nF capacitor charges up from devices were not too fussy about the
the OUTPUT through the 1kW resis- exact frequency.
tor until the voltage on it (and thus
To help you place and wire up the
the TRIGGER and THRESHOLD pins) components, closely examine the
reaches 2/3 of the 5V supply. The out- prototype photos; solder the compoput goes low and the 10nF capacitor nents and wires in place as shown. To
discharges until the 1/3 supply voltage make it easier to see where the coppoint is reached.
per tracks go on the underside of the
The cycle continues, with the 555’s PCB, we have drawn lines on the top
Pin 1
Fig.1: the two boxes correspond to the modules; they could be replaced by the separate parts in each box. The Receiver
Module demodulates the incoming IR signal. Q1 and IC1 add back the modulation before resending the signal via the
Transmitter Module.
66
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Silicon Chip
PDFs on USB
Scope 1: the blue trace is the voltage at the Receiver’s S pin, while the green
trace is the voltage at IC1’s pins 2 and 6 (across the 10nF timing capacitor). The
red trace is the voltage across the Transmitter LED, while the yellow trace is the
signal from another Receiver Module that is not connected to the circuit.
and + and – symbols on the two supply rails. Note that pin 1 of the 555 is
near the 100nF capacitor (towards the
bottom in both photos).
We used stiff wire to join the modules to the PCB. You can use longer
wires (or jumper wires) to place the
Transmitter further from the Receiver.
We recommend using short wires for
the Receiver and longer wires for the
Transmitter, especially since there are
only two wires to the Transmitter.
You could use a socket for the IC
rather than soldering it directly to the
board. Take care with the orientation
of the transistor. Its pin 1 (collector) is
connected on the same row as IC1’s pin
4, with the Q1’s flat edge facing away
from the middle. The white wire in the
photo loops over the top of IC1, from
its pin 6 to pin 2; add it last.
Testing
Solder the Transmitter and Receiver
modules, but leave off the S wire for
the Receiver (yellow in the photos).
This allows IC1 to run and the Transmitter will produce a signal continuously, so you can aim the Transmitter
at the Receiver to test them both.
Apply 5V to the + rail and connect supply GND (0V) to the – rail.
The LED on the Receiver module
should light up. If you wave your
hand between the Transmitter and
Receiver, the LED should flicker as
the signal changes.
If you don’t see this, use an oscilloscope, multimeter or frequency
counter to check the frequency at
either end of the 220W resistor. Scope
1 shows some of the waveforms you
should see.
Once the circuit is working, hook up
the last wire and deploy the Extender.
Don’t aim the Transmitter at the
Receiver in use; otherwise, it will be
SC
confused by its own signal!
¯ A treasure trove of
Silicon Chip magazines on a
32GB custom-made USB.
¯ Each USB is filled with
a set of issues as PDFs –
fully searchable and with
a separate index – you just
need a PDF viewer.
¯ Ordering the USB also
provides you with download
access for the relevant
PDFs, once your order has
been processed
¯ 10% off your order (not
including postage cost) if
you are currently subscribed
to the magazine.
¯ Receive an extra
discount If you already
own digital copies of the
magazine (in the block you
are ordering).
Parts List – Wired IR Remote Extender (JMP004)
1 breadboard-pattern prototyping circuit board [Jaycar HP9570]
1 555 timer IC, DIP-8 (IC1) [Jaycar ZL3555]
1 8-pin DIL IC socket (optional; for IC1) [Jaycar PI6500]
1 IR Transmitter Module [Jaycar XC4426]
1 IR Receiver Module [Jaycar XC4427]
1 BC548 NPN transistor, TO-92 [Jaycar ZT2154]
Assorted solid-core wire [Jaycar PB8850]
1 5V DC supply
1 100μF 16V electrolytic capacitor [Jaycar RE6130]
1 100nF 100V MKT capacitor [Jaycar RM7125]
1 10nF 100V MKT capacitor [Jaycar RM7065]
1 10kW 1/2W 1% metal film resistor [Jaycar RR0596]
2 1kW 1/2W 1% metal film resistor [Jaycar RR0572]
1 220W 1/2W 1% metal film resistor [Jaycar RR0556]
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
EACH BLOCK OF ISSUES COSTS $100
NOVEMBER 1987 – DECEMBER 1994
JANUARY 1995 – DECEMBER 1999
JANUARY 2000 – DECEMBER 2004
JANUARY 2005 – DECEMBER 2009
JANUARY 2010 – DECEMBER 2014
JANUARY 2015 – DECEMBER 2019
OR PAY $500 FOR ALL SIX (+ POST)
WWW.SILICONCHIP.COM.
AU/SHOP/DIGITAL_PDFS
May 2024 67
IDEAL FOR STUDENT OR
HOBBYIST ON A BUDGET
• DATA HOLD
• SQUARE WAVE OUTPUT
• BACKLIGHT
• AUDIBLE CONTINUITY
Don't pay 2-3 times as much for
similar brand name models
when you don't have to.
ONLY
2895
$
QM1517
HANDY FOR THE
HOME TOOLBOX
AUTORANGING
FOR EASE OF USE
• TEMPERATURE
• DUTY CYCLE
• NON-CONTACT
VOLTAGE
ONLY
6495
$
QM1323
FOR THE
TECH'S TOOLBOX
FOR A STUDENT
OR APPRENTICE
ONLY
59
$
95
QM1321
ACCURACY OF
TRUE RMS MEASUREMENT
• CAPACITANCE & FREQUENCY
• TRANSISTOR HFE TEST
• DIODE & AUDIBLE CONTINUITY
• NON-CONTACT VOLTAGE
ONLY
3595
$
QM1020
EASY TO READ
MEASUREMENTS
• MIRROR BACKED SCALE
• TRANSISTOR LEAKAGE TEST
• AUDIBLE CONTINUITY
Test & Measure
with our GREAT RANGE of multimeters at the BEST VALUE,
to suit hobbyists and professionals alike.
Explore our wide range of multimeters, in stock on our
website, or at over 115 stores or 130 resellers nationwide.
www.jaycar.com.au/multimeters
1800 022 888
LARGE BACKLIT DISPLAY AND
IP67 WATERPROOF RATED
• TRUE RMS
• CAPACITANCE
• FREQUENCY
• RELATIVE MEASUREMENT
TAKE EASY ENVIRONMENTAL
MEASUREMENTS
• MULTIMETER FUNCTIONS
• SOUND LEVEL
• LIGHT LEVEL
• INDOOR TEMP
• HUMIDITY
ONLY
119
$
QM1549
WIRELESS BLUETOOTH®
FEATURE FOR DATA LOGGING
• AUTORANGING
• TRUE RMS
• 6000 COUNT
• IP67 WATERPROOF
ONLY
179
$
QM1594
ONLY
219
$
QM1578
Use this colour coded selection guide to pick the meter that best suits your needs.
GREEN labelled product suit hobbyists and those on a budget. BLUE suit makers familiar with multimeters and want more features.
For all the bells and whistles and the highest ratings, choose from the ORANGE professional range.
ENTRY LEVEL
*
QM1500
QM1517
QM1527
MID LEVEL
QM1529
QM1321
QM1020
QM1446
Display
(Count)
2000
2000
2000
2000
4000
Analogue
Security
Category
Cat II
500V
Cat III
600V
Cat III
500V
Cat III
600V
Cat III
1000V
Cat II
1000V
•
•
Autorange
True RMS
PROFESSIONAL
QM1323
QM1552
2000
4000
2000
4000
4000
2000
4000
6000
4000
Cat III 600V
Cat III
600V
Cat IV 600V
Cat III
600V
Cat IV
600V
Cat III
600V
Cat IV
600V
Cat IV
600V
Cat III
1000V
•
•
•
•
•
•
QM1551
QM1549
•
•
•
•
•
XC5078
QM1594
QM1578
•
Voltage
1000VDC/
750VAC
500V
AC/DC
500V
AC/DC
600V
AC/DC
1000VDC/
750VAC
1000V
AC/DC
1000VDC/
700VAC
600V
AC/DC
1000VDC/
750VAC
600V
AC/DC
1000V
AC/DC
600V
AC/DC
600V
AC/DC
1000V
AC/DC
Current
10A DC
10A DC
10A DC
10A
AC/DC
10A
AC/DC
10A DC
10A
AC/DC
10A
AC/DC
10A
AC/DC
10A
AC/DC
10A
AC/DC
200mA
AC/DC
10A
AC/DC
10A
AC/DC
Resistance
2MΩ
2MΩ
2MΩ
20MΩ
40MΩ
20MΩ
20MΩ
Capacitance
100mF
Frequency
10MHz
Temperature
Duty Cycle
20MΩ
40MΩ
200MΩ
40MΩ
40MΩ
40MΩ
60MΩ
100μF
100µF
100mF
100µF
100µF
100µF
6000µF
10MHz
10MHz
10MHz
10MHz
10MHz
10MHz
10kHz
1000°C
760°C
1000°C
760°C
750°C
760°C
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Continuity
•
•
•
•
•
•
Relative
Min/Max/Hold
•
Non Contact
Voltage
•
•
•
$33.95
$39.95
$59.95
Max Hold
•
•
•
$64.95
$87.95
$87.95
IP Rated
Price
•
Max Hold
•
•
$28.95
*Lifetime warranty excluded on models: QM1500/QM1517/QM1527
$35.95
$65.95
1000VDC/
750VAC
4000MΩ
•
•
•
IP67
$16.95
QM1493
$119
IP67
$109
$179
$219
$329
Prices correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
John Clarke’s Mk2
Fan Speed
Controller
On a hot night, a gentle cooling breeze from a fan
can keep you cool and help you to sleep. This new
Fan Speed Controller is an effective, noise-free,
low-speed fan controller. It works with ceiling,
pedestal and box fans.
M
ost fans include speed control,
but many run too fast, even on
their slowest setting, and can be pretty
noisy. If you want to use the fan to
keep cool while sleeping, you don’t
need a fast breeze but just gentle air
movement. You also don’t want the fan
blades or the motor to make any noise
that will keep you awake.
Whether a fan makes noise at a
slow speed depends upon the type of
speed control. Of the methods used
for controlling fan speed, phase control causes the most motor noise. This
type of control is where just a portion
of the full mains sinewave is applied
to the fan motor.
Because just a part of the mains
waveform is applied, it produces a
rapid change in voltage as the waveform is switched on and off. That
can produce vibration in the motor
windings and bearings, causing a buzzing sound.
Other fan speed controllers use a
switch that selects from one of several different capacitors or inductors.
While they don’t generally make the
fan motor noisy, they only provide a
few fixed speeds and the lowest speed
is usually not that slow.
Our Fan Speed Controller does not
use phase control; instead, it introduces resistance in series with the
fan motor to adjust the fan speed. The
mains sinewave is simply reduced in
voltage without changing the wave
shape. Applying a sinusoidal voltage
to the motor ensures the fan makes
minimal noise. It also provides continuous adjustment from stopped to
full speed or anywhere in between.
This does have the disadvantage
that power is dissipated as heat. But
Fig.1: AC is applied to
the motor but the diode
bridge ensures that
Mosfet Q1 only
sees DC.
70
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
considering that most fans will draw
a maximum of 60W at full speed and
less as speed is reduced, the heat produced is modest and can be dissipated
by the aluminium diecast box, which
acts as a heatsink.
We don’t need to dissipate anywhere
near 60W because, at full speed, the
dissipation in the controller is relatively low since the resistance of the
controller is low. At lower speeds,
where the controller resistance is
higher, dissipation increases. But
because the motor is running slower,
the overall power drawn by the fan is
much less than at full speed.
An over-temperature thermostat
will switch the power off should there
be excess heat buildup. This precaution prevents the speed controller from
overheating and possibly causing skin
burns if touched.
For the resistance element, we use
a Mosfet with a drain-to-source resistance that can be controlled by adjusting the gate voltage. The Mosfet can
behave like a very low resistance for
full-speed operation or a higher resistance under partial conduction for
slower speeds.
A single Mosfet cannot directly control the mains AC voltage. While it
operates as a resistance element when
the current flows in one direction, in
the other direction, it is shunted by an
intrinsic diode that’s part of the Mosfet structure.
To prevent reverse current flow
siliconchip.com.au
Fan Speed Controller, Mk2
Features & Specifications
» Quiet fan speed control
» Suitable for 230V AC shadedpole fan motors
» Full control of motor speed from
stopped to maximum
» Over-current limiting
» Over-temperature cutout
» Fuse protection against faults
» Rugged aluminium case
» Fan power: 80W maximum
» Fuse: 1A, 230V AC
» Current limiting: 235mA at low
speed, up to 940mA at high speed
» Over-temperature cutout:
triggers with case at 50°C
(resumes at 45°C)
This photo shows the completed Fan Speed Controller PCB mounted in the
case without any of the wiring.
through the Mosfet, the Mosfet is
placed within a full wave bridge rectifier. That way, it only handles current in one direction, but an alternating
current (and voltage) is still applied
to the fan.
Fig.1 shows the general arrangement. The Mosfet (Q1) is between the
positive and negative terminals of
the bridge rectifier. When the mains
Active voltage is more positive than
the Neutral, current (i1) flows from
Active through the motor, diode Da,
Mosfet Q1, then diode Dc to Neutral.
When the Active is more negative
than Neutral, current (i2) flows from
Neutral through diode Dd, Mosfet Q1,
diode Db and the fan motor to Active.
In both cases, the current through
Mosfet Q1 is always from its drain
to its source and never in the reverse
direction, so the current never flows
through the body diode.
Full circuit description
The circuit for the Fan Speed Controller is shown in Fig.2. It comprises
just one IC, several diodes, the high
voltage Mosfet, Q1, plus some resistors and capacitors. Power for the circuit is derived directly from the 230V
AC mains.
The entire circuit floats at mains
potential, including circuit ground,
which is not connected to mains Earth.
The critical part of the circuit comprises potentiometer VR1b, op amp
IC1a and Mosfet Q1. This part of the
siliconchip.com.au
circuit allows the user to adjust the
average voltage across Mosfet Q1
using potentiometer VR1b. As VR1b is
rotated clockwise, the voltage applied
to pin 2 of IC1a reduces. IC1a reacts
by increasing the gate voltage of Mosfet Q1 to reduce the average voltage
across its channel.
That might seem backward, rotating clockwise to reduce the voltage.
However, Q1 is in series with the fan
motor, so the fan gets more voltage
when the voltage between Q1’s drain
and source is lower.
So when VR1b is fully anticlockwise, the average voltage across Q1 is
at a maximum, and the applied voltage to the fan is at a minimum. As
VR1b is rotated clockwise, the voltage
across Q1 decreases, and the voltage
applied to the fan increases, allowing
it to speed up.
At the same time, IC1b monitors
the current through Q1 and provides
current limiting to prevent excessive
current flow that could overheat and
damage Q1. That usually should not
happen, but it depends on what is
plugged into the outlet. Perhaps someone will plug in a fan that’s too large
or a different load, in which case IC1b
will activate to protect Q1.
In more detail
Op amp IC1a, which drives the
gate of Mosfet Q1, is connected in a
feedback control loop that monitors a
divided version of the voltage across
Australia's electronics magazine
Q1’s channel (drain to source) and the
voltage from the wiper of speed potentiometer VR1b. IC1a adjusts its output
voltage so the divided Mosfet channel
voltage matches that set by the speed
potentiometer.
The divider is formed by a 220kW
1W resistor and a 5.1kW 1/4W resistor.
The voltage from this divider is filtered
with a 10μF capacitor, providing a DC
voltage proportional to the average of
the full-wave rectified voltage.
The resistive divider is there to produce a voltage suitable for monitoring
by IC1a. When monitoring up to 230V
AC (325V DC peak), the divider output is around 7.4V peak that averages
to 4.7VDC after filtering. This average voltage is 63.7% of the waveform
peak voltage and well within the input
range for IC1a when powered from a
15V supply.
As the resistance of Q1 decreases
and the fan speeds up, there is more
voltage across the fan motor and less
voltage across the Mosfet. The voltage from the divider therefore also
reduces.
The Mosfet source also has a 1W
series resistor that connects it to circuit ground for current monitoring.
This increases the voltage applied to
the divider by about 1V, depending on
the fan motor current, but this does
not affect the output from the voltage
divider much. That’s because 1V is a
small fraction of the hundreds of volts
that can be across the Mosfet.
May 2024 71
Fig.2: the circuit diagram for the Fan Speed Controller Mk2. Op amp IC1a controls the resistance of Mosfet Q1 to
regulate the fan speed while op amp IC1b prevents the fan from drawing too much current.
Potentiometer VR1b is used to set
the fan speed. It connects in series
between a 22kW resistor from the +15V
supply and a 150W resistor to the 0V
supply. With this resistor string, the
voltage range for VR1a’s wiper is 5V
to 0.07V. The lower voltage for VR1b
is deliberately made to be slightly
above 0V as IC1b would oscillate if it
were set to 0V.
Another reason for keeping the
lower limit at 70mV is to avoid the
Mosfet operating outside its safe operating area, but more about that later.
If VR1b is set to produce 2V DC at its
wiper, IC1a adjusts its drive to the gate
of Q1 so that the voltage monitored at
the resistive divider junction is also 2V
DC. 2V on the divider means that there
is 88V average across Q1, equivalent
to 97.5V RMS. If the mains voltage is
230V AC, the voltage across the fan
is 230V minus 97.5V or 132.5V RMS.
72
Silicon Chip
The feedback control ensures that
the voltage across the Mosfet is strictly
maintained to prevent changes in the
motor speed. Without the feedback
control, just applying a fixed voltage
to the gate of Q1, the fan would slow
quite markedly as the Mosfet heats
up. That’s because the Mosfet drainto-source resistance increases with
temperature.
Apart from adjusting the speed control (VR1b), the only other factor that
can alter the fan speed is if the mains
voltage changes. Typically, the mains
voltage is reasonably constant, fluctuating by less than 5%.
Current limiting
Current limiting for this circuit
is necessary since we are operating the Mosfet in a linear mode for
speed control. Linear operation has
the Mosfet operating in a region of
Australia's electronics magazine
partial conduction where it is neither
fully conducting (with minimal on-
resistance) nor fully off. This differs
from a switching circuit where the
Mosfet is either fully on or off.
Linear operation sees the Mosfet dissipating significant amounts of power,
so the Mosfet must be kept within the
safe region of its drain current (Id) versus drain to source voltage (Vds) over
the entire voltage range. The manufacturer’s safe operating area (SOA)
graph for the Mosfet shows the region
of operation.
Fig.3 shows the DC SOA curves for
three different Mosfets that can be used
in this circuit. SOA graphs also show
the pulsed region of operation, but
since we are not switching the Mosfet
on and off, we have only included the
DC SOA curves. These keep the Mosfet
semiconductor junction below 150°C.
For each Mosfet to be used safely, we
siliconchip.com.au
need to keep the curve in the operating
region below the DC SOA curve. If the
Mosfet is operated above the curve, it
will likely fail due to melting (maybe
not immediately, but eventually).
The red line indicates our circuit’s
current limit to safeguard the Mosfet.
We restrict the maximum current to
around 1A up to about 20V Vds. Up
to 20V, the fan will run fast. The Vds
will be higher at lower fan speed settings, so we reduce the current limit
to prevent it from encroaching on the
SOA curve. For the slowest speeds and
highest Vds, the current is limited to
around 230mA.
That does not mean the Mosfet will
be operating near this curve. It is just
an overload threshold where the Mosfet is protected from damage, should
conditions cause the Mosfet operating
point to otherwise go above the current limit curve.
IC1b monitors the voltage across the
1W 5W resistor in series with Q1 for
current limiting. This resistor converts
the fan current to a voltage; eg, at 1A,
it has 1V across it.
IC1b is connected as an amplifier
with a level shift due to VR1a. As the
voltage across the 1W resistor exceeds
the voltage at the wiper of VR1a, IC1b’s
output goes high and drives the pin 2
input of IC1a high via diode D2 and the
1kW series resistor. This overrides the
motor speed setting of VR1b, slowing
the fan speed to reduce the current.
If the voltage across the 1W resistor is
less than the voltage set at the wiper of
VR1a, IC1b’s output is low and has no
effect on IC1a, as D2 is reverse-biased.
VR1a is connected across the 15V
supply similarly to VR1b, but the padder resistors have different values. The
200kW and 3.3kW resistors set VR1a’s
wiper range to 235-940mV. VR1a and
VR1b share the same shaft, so adjusting the fan speed will automatically
adjust the current limit.
Note that VR1b’s wiper produces a
lower voltage as the potentiometer is
rotated clockwise, while VR1a’s wiper
voltage increases as it is rotated clockwise. That’s so that the current limit is
higher for faster fan speeds.
Power supply
Mains power is applied to the controller via fuse F1, which is within the
IEC input connector. This protects the
circuit against excessive current flow
should a fault occur, such as a broken wire short-circuiting against the
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: the DC SOA (safe
operating area) for three
different Mosfets. The
current limiting curve is
well within all three. Two
of the curves are limited
by the minimum Mosfet
on-resistance at lower
voltages, so even if the red
line was extended to lower
Vds values, it couldn’t
cross them.
enclosure. Both power switch S1 and
over-temperature switch TH1 must be
closed for the Active mains conductor
to be connected.
Switch S1 includes a Neon indicator that lights when the unit is
switched on.
TH1 monitors the temperature of
the fan speed controller enclosure
and switches off power if it reaches
50°C. It will reconnect power once
the temperature drops to 45°C. This
5°C temperature hysteresis prevents
the controller from switching on and
off rapidly since it will take
some time to cool by 5°C.
The Neon indicator within
S1 will be unlit whenever
TH1 is open.
The AC terminals of
bridge rectifier BR1 connect between the Neutral
of the incoming mains
supply and the Neutral of
the general purpose outlet
(GPO) for the fan motor.
When the fan is connected,
it is connected to mains
Active via the GPO from
switch S1.
BR1 is a 6A, 400V
bridge rectifier. As
mentioned earlier,
the bridge keeps
the polarity of the
voltage applied to
the Mosfet consistent while the fan
motor receives
AC.
A 15V supply
to power the remainder of the circuit
is obtained using a 22kW dropping
resistor via diode D1 directly from
the 230V AC mains switched Active.
A 470μF capacitor filters the rectified
waveform to produce a smoothed DC
voltage clamped to 15V by zener diode
ZD1. This 15V supply powers dual op
amp IC1, Mosfet Q1 and the associated
diodes, resistors and capacitors.
Using an X2 capacitor instead of a
22kW resistor would be slightly more
efficient, like the previous design from
the May 2014 issue (siliconchip.au/
Article/7595). However, the capacitor
Make sure to use
plenty of cable ties
to secure the wiring,
and heatshrink at the ends.
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 73
Fig.4: the overlay
diagram for the Fan
Speed Controller.
is somewhat expensive and bulky,
and requires other support components like a second bridge rectifier.
We decided it was not worth the size,
expense or complexity for a slight
increase in efficiency.
Enclosure & mounting options
Fig.5: the
cutting and
drilling guide
for the diecast
aluminium
case.
Depending
on the
application, the
potentiometer
can project
from the side
of the case or
the lid, so read
the text before
making any
holes. The red
circle shows
the hole for
the shaft when
mounting the
pot on the lid
(which is only
possible if the
GPO is not
used).
Three different diecast aluminium
enclosures can be used to house the
Fan Speed Controller: an IP65 diecast box measuring 115 × 90 × 55mm
(Jaycar HB5042), an IP66 diecast box
measuring 114 × 90 × 55mm (Altronics H0423) or an economy diecast box
measuring 119 × 94 × 57mm (Jaycar
HB5064).
The PCB is shaped so that it fits
within the contours of the Jaycar
HB5042, allowing it to be mounted
horizontally on the enclosure’s integral lands. For the other two enclosures, there are minimal internal
contours to avoid but also no integral PCB-mounting lands, so the PCB
needs to mount using four 9mm Nylon
standoffs, attached via holes drilled
in the base.
The Fan Speed Controller can be
built as a standalone controller that
plugs into a mains socket for power
and has a general purpose outlet (GPO)
that the fan plugs into. This version
is suitable for pedestal and box fans.
For ceiling fans, the Fan Speed Controller can be built to intercept the
fan wiring at the wall switch. In this
case, it will need to be installed by a
licensed electrician. The speed control adjustment potentiometer can be
placed at one end of the enclosure, like
the standalone version, or on the lid,
which may be more convenient if the
enclosure is wall-mounted.
Construction
The Fan Speed Controller is built on
a PCB coded 10104241 that measures
94 × 79mm. To assemble it, follow the
overlay diagram, Fig.4. Begin by soldering in the resistors, using the table
for the colour codes in the parts list,
but leave the 5W resistors off for the
moment. Diodes D1, D2 and ZD1 can
be fitted next, taking care to orientate
them correctly (and don’t get the three
different types mixed up).
You can use an IC socket for IC1, or
it can be directly soldered in. The latter should give better long-term reliability. Either way, be sure to install
the socket and the IC correctly, with
the notch facing the direction shown
74
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
on the overlay. Then mount the two
5W resistors, slightly raised from the
PCB surface, to aid in cooling.
Install the capacitors next. The
100nF capacitor may be labelled as
104. The electrolytic capacitors have
their value directly marked and must
be orientated correctly, with the longer
leads through the holes marked with
a + symbol. However, the larger 10μF
capacitor is non-polarised (NP) and
can be mounted either way around.
Fit diode bridge BR1 now, taking
care that the cut corner is towards the
top left of the board and placed adjacent to the + symbol.
Before installing VR1, its shaft may
need to be cut to length to suit its knob.
Do not install the potentiometer on
the board if it is to be mounted on the
lid. The six-way screw terminal strip
(CON1) can be fitted now.
Q1 is mounted by kinking the outer
two leads outward so that they will fit
into the more widely spaced holes in
the PCB. This wider spacing provides
a 2.54mm clearance between the Q1
mounting pads and prevents possible
arcing between the leads with peak
voltages approaching 400V. Keep the
Mosfet as high as possible above the
PCB, with about 1mm of the leads protruding below the PCB.
Final assembly
The cutting and drilling guide
(Fig.5) should help you to make the
required cutouts in the case. You can
download that as a PDF, along with the
panel label artwork, from our website
at siliconchip.au/Shop/19/6928
Fig.5 shows the locations, sizes and
shapes of the IEC connector and GPO
cutouts, which are suitable for all three
enclosure options.
For the version that mounts on a
wall for controlling ceiling fans, you
don’t need to make the IEC connector
hole or the one for the lid-mounted
GPO. Just fashion the cutouts for the
switch, potentiometer and Earthing
points.
As mentioned earlier, in the wallmount application, the potentiometer
can be mounted either on the PCB for
end-mounted speed adjustment or on
the lid. Regardless, the box must be
Earthed. Access holes to fit grommets
for the wiring can be made in the base
of the box so that the fan wiring can
be concealed in the wall.
For the standalone controller, first
mark the hole position for the IEC
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List – Fan Speed Controller Mk2
1 double-sided PCB coded 10104241, 94 × 79mm
1 115 × 90 × 55mm IP65 diecast box [Jaycar HB5042] OR
1 114 × 90 × 55mm IP66 diecast box [Altronics H0423] OR
1 119 × 94 × 57mm economy diecast box [Jaycar HB5064]
1 panel label (see text)
1 10kW dual-gang 24mm PCB-mount linear potentiometer (VR1) [Jaycar RP3510]
1 plastic knob to suit VR1
1 6-way 15A 300V terminal barrier strip, 8.25mm pin spacing (CON1) [Altronics P2106]
1 SPST 10A 250V AC rocker switch with integrated neon lamp (S1) [Altronics S3228]
1 normally-closed 10A 50°C thermal switch (TH1) [element14 1006842]
1 1A 250V AC M205 fuse (F1)
1 8-pin DIL IC socket (optional)
Semiconductors
1 LM358 dual single-supply op amp, DIP-8 (IC1)
1 400V 10A N-channel Mosfet, TO-220 (Q1) [FQP11N40C (element14 2453436),
AOT10N60 (SC4571) or IRF740 (Altronics Z1539)]
1 15V 1W zener diode (ZD1) [1N4744]
1 400V 6A PW04 diode bridge rectifier (BR1) [Altronics Z0082]
1 1N4004 1A 400V diode (D1)
1 1N4148 200mA 75V signal diode (D2)
Capacitors
1 470μF 25V 105°C PC electrolytic
2 10μF 16V 105°C PC electrolytic
1 10μF 50V 105°C non-polarised (NP) PC electrolytic
2 100nF 63V or 100V MKT polyester
Resistors (all ¼W, 1% axial unless specified)
2 1MW
1 22kW 5W [element14 1306258]
1 220kW 1W 5%
1 10kW
1 200kW
2 5.1kW
1 22kW
1 3.3kW
3 1kW
1 150W
1 1W 5W 5%
Hardware & cable
1 TO-220 mica insulating washer
1 TO-220 3mm screw hole insulating bush
4 5.3mm ID insulated quick connect crimp eyelets with 4-6mm wire diameter entry
[Altronics H1825A, Jaycar PT4714]
1 200mm length of green/yellow striped 7.5A mains-rated wire
1 200mm length of brown 7.5A main-rated wire
1 200mm length of blue 7.5A mains-rated wire
1 160mm length of 5mm diameter heatshrink tubing
1 20mm length of 20mm diameter heatshrink tubing
2 M4 × 10mm panhead machine screws and hex nuts
2 4mm shakeproof (toothed) washers
3 M3 × 10mm panhead machine screws and hex nuts
3 extra 24mm potentiometer washers [Jaycar RP3500]
10 100mm cable ties
2 M3.5 × 6mm screws (only for Jaycar HB5042 case)
4 M3 × 9mm Nylon spacers ●
4 M3 × 6mm panhead machine screws ●
4 M3 × 6mm countersunk head machine screws ●
1 small tube of thermal compound
1 2mm-thick piece of scrap aluminium sheet (if required; see text)
● only for Altronics H0423 or Jaycar HB5064 case
Extra parts for the standalone version, for pedestal and box fans
1 surface-mount GPO side-entry mains socket (GPO1) [Altronics P8241, Jaycar PS4094]
1 fused IEC mains input connector [Altronics P8324, Jaycar PP4004]
1 7.5A IEC mains plug lead
2 M3 × 10mm countersunk machine screws and hex nuts
4 small stick-on rubber or felt feet
Extra parts for the wall-mounted version, for ceiling fans
1 M205 10A 250VAC panel-mount safety fuse holder [Altronics S5992, Jaycar SZ2028]
1-2 grommets or cable glands for input and output wires
1 600mm length of brown 7.5A mains wire (if VR1 is mounted on the lid)
1 120mm length of 5mm diameter heatshrink tubing (if VR1 is mounted on the lid)
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 75
Fig.6: the wiring
diagram for the Fan
Speed Controller with
the potentiometer
mounted on the
PCB and its shaft
projecting out the
side of the case.
connector and Earth screw in the end
wall of the case. The IEC connector
mounts with a gap of about 4mm from
the base of the case to the bottom of
the IEC connector. The hole is made
by drilling a series of small holes
around the perimeter of the desired
shape, knocking out the piece and filing it to shape.
Alternatively, use a Speedbore drill
76
Silicon Chip
to make a larger round hole to remove
most of the required area, then file that
hole to the required shape. The Earth
screw hole is 4mm in diameter.
A hole is required for the potentiometer at the opposite end of the
box. Measure the height of the potentiometer shaft above the base of the
enclosure and mark out the drilling
position at the end of the enclosure.
Australia's electronics magazine
Alternatively, for the potentiometer
mounted on the lid, drill the hole in
the centre of the GPO cutout.
Note that the potentiometer can only
be installed on the lid for the ceiling
fan version that doesn’t require the
GPO socket.
Insert the PCB into the case and note
that the leads for Q1 must be kinked
outward from the PCB a little so the
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7: here’s how
to wire up the Fan
Speed Controller
if you’re mounting
the potentiometer
on the lid. This
is only practical
for hardwired
installations.
metal flange of the Mosfet sits in intimate contact with the side of the case.
You can then mark the mounting
hole position for Q1’s tab and drill it
to 3mm in diameter. Deburr this hole
on the inside of the case with a countersinking tool or larger drill to round
off the sharp edge of the hole. This is
to prevent punch-through of the insulating washer.
siliconchip.com.au
TH1 also mounts on the side of the
box adjacent to Q1. There is room
in the Jaycar HB5042 enclosure to
mount TH1 against the side of the
enclosure between two sets of protruding slots intended for mounting
PCBs vertically. The Jaycar HB5064
enclosure does not have such slots,
so there is plenty of room for mounting TH1.
Australia's electronics magazine
For the Altronics case, there is insufficient room for TH1 to mount flat
against the side of the enclosure. One
solution is to grind away sufficient
protruding slot material so the thermostat’s body can sit flat.
The alternative is to make up an
aluminium packing piece that’s 19 ×
45 × 2mm. This can sit between the
protruding slots, and the thermostat
May 2024 77
Fig.8: how to
mount Mosfet
Q1 to the case.
The finished
PCB for the
Fan Speed
Controller.
can be mounted against that. In this
case, the top mounting hole should
be about 8mm down from the top edge
of the box.
Note that you will find it easier to
install TH1 if the M3 nuts are tack-
soldered to the thermostat mounting
bracket. To do this, place the screws
into the thermostat mounting bracket
(when it is out of the case) and screw
on the nuts, then solder them in place
and remove the screws.
For the standalone version, holes are
also required in the lid for the general
purpose outlet (GPO) mains socket,
the power switch and the Earth terminal. Four PCB mounting holes are
also needed if you are not using the
Jaycar HB5042 enclosure. The PCB is
positioned so the speed potentiometer
can protrude through the hole at the
end of the enclosure.
Labels
Panel labels (see Fig.9) can be downloaded as a PDF from our website
using the earlier link. Details on making a front panel label can be found at:
siliconchip.au/Help/FrontPanels
The download includes two versions of the front panel. Which one
you use depends on whether the control pot is mounted on the lid or is at
the end of the enclosure.
If the potentiometer is PCB-mounted,
its locating lug must be bent backward
or snapped off, as we have not made
a hole for it. Then slip three washers
over the potentiometer shaft, insert it
78
Silicon Chip
into the hole in the case by angling
the board and drop the PCB onto the
mounting points.
For the Jaycar HB5042 enclosure,
secure the PCB to the case with the
two screws supplied with the case
plus two extra M3.5 × 6mm screws.
For the other enclosures, the PCB is
mounted using M3 × 6mm screws into
M3-tapped standoffs.
Secure the PCB-mounted potentiometer by placing another washer over
the shaft on the outside of the case and
doing up the nut on top.
Attach Q1 to the case with an M3
machine screw and nut, with the mica
insulating washer and insulating bush
as per Fig.8. Apply a thin smear of
heatsink compound on all mating surfaces before assembly.
We use the mica washer in preference to silicone since mica has a higher
thermal conductivity (lower °C per
watt value), and the mounting screw
can be tightened more. That keeps the
Mosfet cooler compared to using a silicone washer.
After mounting Q1, check that the
metal tab of the device is isolated from
the case by measuring the resistance
between them with a multimeter. The
meter should show a very high resistance measurement (several megohms
or possibly “0L”) between the enclosure and Mosfet tab or the enclosure
and any of Q1’s leads. Check that it also
reads close to 0W between the enclosure and the mounting screw.
The complete wiring diagrams for
the two versions are shown in Figs.6
& 7. The Earthing details of the case
are most important since Q1 and the
potentiometer are all at mains potential, yet they are attached to the case.
If the insulating washer or the insulation of the potentiometer were to break
down, the case would be live (at 230V
AC) if it was not properly Earthed.
The case lid must be independently
Earthed rather than relying on the lid
making contact with the base of the
enclosure.
All mains wiring must be done using
7.5A minimum mains-rated (230V
AC) wire. The IEC connector must be
wired using the correct wire colours:
We used an
aluminium
packing piece
between the
thermal cutout
and the case
rather than
grinding the
rails down.
Note the
soldered nut
highlighted
in yellow.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
brown for Active, blue for Neutral and
green/yellow striped for the Earth.
Active and Neutral wires soldered to
the IEC connector must be insulated
with heatshrink tubing covering all
exposed metal.
Solder the Earth wire to the IEC connector Earth pin, ensuring the Earth
terminal is heated sufficiently so that
the solder wets and adheres properly
to both the Earth terminal and wire.
After that, use a crimping tool to secure
the Earth wire into the crimp eyelet.
The Earth wires from the Earth point
to the lid and the GPO are also terminated with crimped eyelets.
Secure the Earthing eyelets with
M4 machine screws, star washers and
nuts. A second nut should be tightened on top of the first as a lock nut.
The IEC connector is secured to the
case by 10mm M3 countersunk head
screws and nuts.
Finally, attach cable ties to hold the
wire bundles together as shown in the
wiring diagrams and the earlier photo
of the fully assembled unit. Remember to place the four rubber feet on the
bottom of the case.
Testing
As the whole circuit floats at mains
potential, everything on the board
should be considered unsafe to touch
whenever the circuit is connected to
the mains. That means the IEC mains
power lead must be unplugged every
time before opening the lid. Do not
be tempted to operate the fan speed
controller without the lid in place and
screwed in position.
Before you power up the device, set
VR1 fully anticlockwise. Also check
all of your wiring very carefully against
the overlay and wiring diagram. Verify that the case, lid and potentiometer are connected to the Earth pin of
the power socket using a multimeter
on its low ohms range.
If you are satisfied that all is correct, you are ready to screw the lid
onto the case.
Note that the IP65 and IP66 enclosures are supplied with a rubber seal
that goes between the enclosure base
and lid. We did not use that seal so
that heat from the case can transfer
to the lid more efficiently for better
dissipation.
The easiest way to test the circuit
operation is to connect a fan. Apply
power and check that you can vary
its speed with VR1. Note that the fan
controller box will begin to run quite
warm with extended use when driving
the fan at intermediate speeds. This
Fig.9: this label
is for the Speed
Controller with
potentiometer
on the lid. The
other smaller
label is only used
if mounting the
pot to the end
of the case. All
labels (including
the alternative
lid label) are
available to
download from
siliconchip.au/
Shop/19/6928
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
temperature rise is normal. The temperature rise should be lower if the fan
is set to a low speed.
Troubleshooting
If the speed controller does not
work when you apply power, it’s time
to do some troubleshooting. First, a
reminder: all of the circuitry is at 230V
AC mains potential and can be lethal.
That includes any exposed metal parts
on components, except those tied to
the Earthed case. Do not touch any part
of the circuit when it is plugged into
a mains outlet.
Before going any further, give your
PCB another thorough check. Check
for incorrectly placed components,
incorrect component orientation or
bad solder joints (dry joints, missed
joints or bridges).
Optional heatsink
If the Fan Speed Controller works
but cycles on and off due to the thermal cutout activating, a fan heatsink
can be attached to the side of the enclosure where Q1 is mounted using M3
screws and nuts. The recommended
105 × 25.5 × 55mm fan-type heatsink
is available from Altronics (Cat H0520)
or Jaycar (Cat HH8570).
The mounting holes are placed
along the centre line of the heatsink.
The lower hole should be positioned
high enough not to foul the PCB when
the nut is on.
The heatsink is positioned with its
lower edge at the same level as the
bottom edge of the box.
The heatsink should be counter-
bored at the Q1 and TH1 mounting
screw positions. You can find where
these screws are located by temporarily securing the heatsink onto the side
of the case with the two M4 screws,
with a thin layer of Blu-tack pressed
onto the heatsink in each screw area.
When the heatsink is removed, there
will be an impression of the screw
heads.
Drill out those two locations to a
shallow depth using a larger
drill to allow for the screw
heads to sit inside the heatsink. Mount it with a smear
of heatsink compound over
the mating surfaces.
As an alternative, if countersunk screws are used for
TH1 and Q1, there will be
less counter-boring required
on the heatsink.
SC
May 2024 79
Background image: https://unsplash.com/photos/gaming-room-with-arcade-machines-m3hn2Kn5Bns
Skill Tester 9000
Part 2 – by Phil Prosser
This retro game is a fun and educational
project to create a dexterity-based game with nine
difficulty levels, a health bar graph, a timer and four
different sound effects. It is based mainly on 4000-series logic
and all through-hole parts on a single circuit board.
T
here are some sections of this game that
advanced constructors can customise, such
as changing the winning and losing tunes, but we will describe the
assembly process for the standard version. There is definitely scope for customisation when you make the wire
‘obstacle course’, as you can make it
as easy or as hard as you want!
The assembly instructions will be
given in seven discrete steps. After
adding the parts for each step, you will
have new functions to test, so you can
pick up any problems early on and fix
them before tracking them down will
be more difficult.
You shouldn’t need any special
tools; a soldering iron, solder, fume
extractor and a multimeter for testing
should be all that’s required.
Construction
We will build the Skill Tester 9000
section by section and test each as we
go along. This allows people to work
with young constructors or students
in simple sessions, achieving visible
progress in each. Even as an experienced constructor, I build projects in
80
Silicon Chip
bite-sized chunks as it makes debugging simpler and there are built-in
coffee breaks.
The Skill Tester is built on a double-
sided PCB coded 08101241 that measures 174 × 177mm. During construction, refer to the PCB overlay diagram
(Fig.5) and Photo 1 to see which components go where and how they are
orientated.
Here are general cautions and
instructions you should keep in mind
during the construction process:
• Ensure all diodes are fitted the
right way around (stripe to the right
or down on this PCB).
• All LED cathodes are upwards;
LEDs have a chamfer (flat edge) on the
cathode side.
• All ICs are installed with pin 1 to
the right. If you get one backwards and
are not using sockets, you will have to
cut all pins off using side cutters and
pull individual pins out (unless you
have a hot air rework station).
• Check the supply rail voltage
every time you power it up after adding parts. We have included a ground
test point, with a 9V test point close by
Australia's electronics magazine
(below IC1). You should measure more
than 8V between the two with a fresh
battery. If not, something is wrong.
• If something is wrong and, while
you are investigating, the noise from
the speaker is slowly driving you
insane, put a 1kW resistor in series
with the speaker to tone things down
a bit.
• Standard checks as you solder:
are there any solder blobs shorting pins? Is each solder joint shiny
with the right shape? Has the solder
adhered to both the component lead
and the PCB pad?
• For each polarised part, check
before and after soldering that it is the
right way around. Also check the part
numbers of ICs and double-check the
orientation before you solder them.
• If you need to check clock signals
and don’t have an oscilloscope, put
your DVM on its AC setting and probe
the test point. You should measure a
few volts AC or see pulses in the reading for very slow clocks.
Touch, Win & Reset sections
1. Let’s start construction with the
siliconchip.com.au
D51
5819
1kW
100nF
47nF
10kW
D18
4148
D21
4148
D44
4148
D47
4148
D48
4148
D46
470kW
10kW
4148
D43
680kW
10kW
680kW
220kW
220kW
120kW
120kW
120kW
220kW
220kW
220kW
270kW
270kW
10mF
100nF
470kW
D45
4148
D29
4148
D32
4148
D33
4148
D35
D34
4148
4148
D37
D36
4148
D38
4148
4148
D41
100nF
10nF
100nF
10kW
4148
10kW
D42
4148
4148
270kW
IC14
NE555
1kW
4148
D23
4148
100nF
100nF
100nF
10mF
IC15 4093B
100nF
100nF
24kW
10kW
22kW
27kW
24kW
24kW
24kW
27kW
18kW
18kW
18kW
IC13 4017B
D53
270kW
100nF
1kW
56kW
330nF
1mF
100nF
IC9
NE555
10mF
10kW
1kW
100kW
10mF
100nF
10kW
D17
D16
4148
4148
D19
D20
4148
4148
D22
D24
4148
D25
4148
4148
D26
10kW
D27
4148
4148
D10
IC88 44001177BB
IC
4148
4148
4148
1kW
D11
D28
4148
IC11
LM386N
100nF
4148
D14
10kW
D39
D40
D52
4148
D30
4148
4148
D31
4148
10kW
D13
IC12 4013B
330nF
D8
+
1kW
1kW
1kW
1kW
1kW
1kW
1kW
100nF
10kW
D55
4148
220mF
56kW
CON4
56kW
470mF
10W
100nF
4148
10kW
4148
SPEAKER
CON6
GROUND
+
1kW
4148
10kW
100kW
IC7 4013B
100nF
4148
D3
CON1
9V BATTERY
HOLDER
100nF
IC4 4013B
56kW
4148
CON3
D5
100nF
IC6
NE555
IC1 CD4026B
+
470nF
D1
DP
100nF
100nF
LED11
RESET
4148 D49
1mF
D 56
Reduce
to make
harder
4148
4148
56kW
D50
4148
270kW
D4
10mF 10mF 22mF
9V
IC5 4081B
10kW
4148
IC17 4093B
1kW
D6
100nF
4148
D2
D15
D12
8
S1
S2
COMMON
CATHODE
1kW
D54
4148
10kW
100kW
4148
D9
D7
100nF
10kW
4148
4148
4148
56kW
IC2
NE555
IC3 4017B
100nF
1kW
CON2
1kW
1kW
Health Time LED16
LED17 LED15
LED15
LED12
TOUCH
LED13
WIN
WIN
1kW
1kW
1mF
LED14
SEQ.
470nF
33nF
LED1
1kW
1kW
LED2
LED3
1kW
1kW
1kW
LED4
LED5
LED6
1kW
LED7
1kW
1kW
LED8
LED9
1kW
LOSE
DS1
7-SEGMENT LED
–
LED10
1kW
S3
4.7nF
08101241
Fig.5: this overlay diagram shows which components go where. It also shows the correct orientations of all polarised
components like ICs, diodes and electrolytic capacitors. It is divided into 11 sections and can be assembled all in one go if
you are confident and experienced, or in the seven steps outlined in the article text.
Touch, Win and Reset circuits. Fit all
the parts in the Win, Reset and Touch
areas of the PCB, plus LEDs LED11LED14 and the four associated 1kW
series resistors.
Also install IC17 (4093B), the 100nF
capacitor next to it, power switch S1,
1N5819 diode D51, the battery holder
and the 470μF capacitor just below the
holder. When inserting the DIP ICs into
the board, you may have to bend their
leads inward a bit as they will come
splayed outwards.
siliconchip.com.au
Put a battery in the holder and
check that the 9V rail is OK. If not,
is D51 the right way around? Is S1
switched on?
Now short the terminals of CON3
(eg, using a short length of wire). You
should see the Reset LED (LED11) turn
on. Repeat this for the Win and Touch
inputs at CON4 (with LED13 lighting)
and CON2 (with LED12 lighting).
If that does not work, are IC17 and
the diodes the right way around?
Measure the voltages on the input
Australia's electronics magazine
connectors; one terminal should be at
0V, while the other should be pulled
up to 9V.
If only one input does not work, look
for solder bridges, especially on the
pins of the 4093 chip, IC17. Check that
its pin 2 goes low when you short the
Reset pads and pin 3 goes high. Verify that its pin 9 goes low when you
short the Touch pads and that pin 10
goes high. Also test that its pin 6 goes
low when you short the Win pads and
pin 4 goes high.
May 2024 81
Photos 1 & 2: the fully
assembled Skill Tester shown
with the game wand (which is
just a looped wire fitted into a pen
case). The design is intended to be
assembled in sections as marked on the
silkscreen. During construction, you can
test each section as its completed.
At this point, you should be able to
trigger Reset and exercise the Touch
and Win inputs and see the corresponding debug LEDs light.
Health section
2. Now let’s build the Health Clock
and LEDs. Fit all the parts in the PCB
section labelled HEALTH. Do not miss
the 10kW resistor just below IC3.
Get the selection of your coloured
LEDs for LED1-LED10 right! We used
low-cost LEDs with similar brightness.
Make sure the switch you use for S3
is a centre-off type, so you have three
difficulty levels.
Apply power to the board and check
that the 9V rail is OK. You should see
LED17 come on. Short the pads of the
Touch input (CON2), and you should
see LED1-LED10 cycle continuously.
Short the RESET pads (CON1), and
LED17 should relight.
If the above works, great, let’s move
on. If it does not work, check that there
is a clock signal at pin 14 of IC3. If the
82
Silicon Chip
clock signal is missing, check around
IC2. Short the Touch pads and check
that pin 4 of IC2 goes high. If it still
isn’t working, Check that IC3’s CP0
(clock enable) pin (pin 14) is low. If
not, is there a short, or did you forget
to fit the 10kW resistor? Are your LEDs
the right way around?
Check the Out Of Health signal on
pin 12 of IC3 (4017); it should produce
a square wave once per LED cycle.
Check that the debug LEDs for Touch
and Reset still work; if not, retest the
input circuitry. At this point, LED1LED10 should be cycling continuously.
7-segment display should count from
0 to 9 continuously. If there are any
problems, use a similar testing procedure to the section above, but with
IC6 and IC1.
The 555 (IC6) clock output is at pin
3, and the 4026 (IC1) clock input is
at pin 1. The clock inhibit pin on the
4026 (pin 2) should be low, and Reset
pin 15 on the 4026 (IC1) should be
low. Shorting the reset pads (CON3)
should reset the counter to 0. The pin
5 carry output of IC1 should cycle high
and low once per 0-9 count. The Time
counter should be running continuously unless you trigger Reset.
Time section
Siren and Tick section
3. Next comes the Time section and
its 7-segment LED display. Fit all the
parts in that area. Ensure that all parts
in the Time and Health areas are on the
board now. Verify that S2 is a centre-off
type so we get three difficulty levels.
Apply power to the board and
check that the 9V supply is OK. The
Australia's electronics magazine
4. Fit all the parts in the Siren and
Tick area of the PCB. Watch out, as
the 1μF capacitor may look the same
as the 10μF capacitors. Also solder
IC5, the 4081B in the Game Controller section and the parts immediately
around it: the 100nF capacitor next to
it, two 10kW resistors (one to the right
siliconchip.com.au
and one below IC5) and the six diodes
immediately below IC5.
Mount the speaker by gluing it in
place with a few small dabs of super
glue, silicone sealant or Araldite. Keep
it tidy (ie, avoid getting glue where
it shouldn’t go). Wire the speaker to
the pads for CON6; you can omit the
actual screw terminal or mount it on
the underside of the board.
Apply power and check the 9V rail.
You should hear a warbling ‘ping’ from
the speaker; that is the Time Clock tick.
Switch the Time switch between Slug,
Cheetah and Nightmare. You should
hear the ticks change pace from very
slow to very fast.
If there is no sound, probe pins 10
and 11 of IC15 with an oscilloscope
or multimeter reading AC volts. There
should be AC signals on both.
If so, short out diode D43, and you
should get a lot of noise from the
speaker. In that case, there is something wrong with C44, D47, C46 and
the associated parts. Are those capacitors the right way around?
Now short out the Touch pads
(CON2). You ought to hear a racket
from the speaker (the Touch tone). If
not, check for an AC signal on pins 3
and 4 of IC15.
The signal at pin 3 will have a low
frequency, so you will be able to detect
the individual pulses. Check that the
Touch LED (LED12) lights when you
short the Touch pads. If it still isn’t
working, check for shorts on the board
and parts missing or the wrong way
around.
At this point, the ticking sound
should be running non-stop, and the
Touch tone should be generated if you
short the Touch input pads (CON2).
Win Song section
5. Now fit all the parts in the Win
Song section. There are a lot of different value resistors in the tune section;
double-check the value of each before
you solder it in. Getting resistors off
a double-sided board is possible but
not easy.
If you are not 100% sure, measure
each resistance with your multimeter. Remember to avoid touching the
meter probes when doing this, as that
will affect the measurement of high
resistances.
The 1μF capacitor and 270kW resistor just below IC17 should also be fitted
to the PCB now. They set the period of
the tune sequencers.
siliconchip.com.au
Apply power to the board and check
the 9V rail. You should hear the ticking
timer noise and the Win Song playing
repeatedly. If there is no sound or only
a single tone, check IC8 and IC9 for solder bridges. Also check around IC17,
as it generates the clock for the tunes.
Probe pin 14 of IC9 with an oscilloscope (or multimeter on AC volts).
You should find a signal at about 2Hz.
Check pin 3 of IC9 (555 timer). It
should have an audio-frequency AC
signal on it. Are those capacitors and
diodes the right way around?
At this point, you should have the
Win Song running continuously on
top of the ticking sound.
Lose Song section
6. Fit all the parts in the Lose Song
section, then apply power and check
the 9V rail. You should hear the time
‘ping’ with a crazy noise in the background, which is the Win Song and
Lose Song playing on top of each other,
Short pins 1 and 4 of IC9 (555) to
stop the Win Song so you can hear the
Lose Song by itself. Be careful not to
touch any other pins or parts, while
doing this.
If that makes no difference, probe
pin 14 of IC13 with an oscilloscope or
multimeter on AC volts. You should
see a signal at about 2Hz.
Pin 3 of IC14 (555) should have an
audio-frequency AC signal on it. Are
those capacitors and diodes the right
way around?
You can stop the Win and Lose tunes
independently by connecting a wire
to the ground point, then touching
the other end to pin 4 of IC5 or IC14,
resetting that 555 and stopping that
tune generator.
At this point, you should have some
crazy noises happening while power
is applied.
The Game Controller
7. We have built and tested each part
individually, and you should understand how each section operates. Let’s
bring them all together by adding the
control components. Fit all the remaining bits, with the usual cautions on getting ICs in the right way around and
choosing the right one for each spot.
Apply power and check that supply voltage again. The game will start
straight off the bat. You should hear
ticking, and if you short the Touch
pads (CON2), you should hear the
Touch noise.
Australia's electronics magazine
You should hear the Lose Song after
the Time counter gets to 9. Try shorting
the Reset pads (CON3), which should
restart the game. If you short the Win
pads (CON4) immediately after starting a game, you should hear the Win
Song.
If that is not happening, verify that
all polarised parts are fitted the right
way around, especially the diodes.
Check for bad solder joints or bridges
(shorts) between adjacent pads, or
components that have been mixed up
or misplaced.
The diagnostic LEDs (LED11LED17) show the state of every latch
and input. Our earlier tests showed
that the inputs were working, so check
everything around IC4 and IC7, as
the latches are there. Are any pins
shorted?
Mounting the PCB
Our baseboard was about 500mm
long and just deeper than the PCB.
How you go about this part of the construction process should reflect the
space you have and what you want
this game to be.
We marked the holes for drilling
by putting the completed PCB on the
board and drawing through the holes
with a marker, then drilling 4mm holes
at those points. We had shorter screws
on hand, so we countersunk the holes
on the back of the game board to get
a bit of extra length so our screws
reached the standoffs on the top side
of the board.
Once you have successfully
mounted the PCB, remove it to work
on the game wire, including the Reset
and Win parts at each end.
We routed the edges of our board
and painted it with clear lacquer to
make it tidy. The charm of this project is its nostalgic design and concept,
which relies in no small part on a tidy
appearance.
You need to put some rubber feet on
the board, in the corners of the underside. Otherwise, the screw heads will
scratch everything you put it on, and
it will slip around. Stick-on rubber
feet work well.
The game wire
We used some fencing wire from the
shed for this. It is about 2mm thick and
pretty solid; it can be bent with pliers
or your hands for smoother curves
but is tough enough to take a hiding.
You want to use steel wire as copper
May 2024 83
Photo 3 (left): this photo shows how we secured the game wire to the baseboard. It also shows the wire wrapped around it
to form the Win contact (with heatshrink tubing underneath) and how that copper wire connects back to the terminal on
the PCB. To attach it to the baseboard, the main wire was bent into a loop just larger than the bolt diameter using sharpnosed pliers.
Photo 4 (right): a view of the Reset end of the maze wire, showing how the start contact is bare copper wire from domestic
mains cable, wrapped around the heatshrink insulation and soldered in place. Tinned copper wire would also work here.
This is also the point that the main game wire is electrically connected to the Touch terminal on the PCB.
won’t spring back. It doesn’t need to
be fancy or new. If you are scratching
your head, look in your wardrobe for a
metal coathanger. I reckon that would
work just fine.
The shape of the maze is up to you.
The tighter the kickbacks and the
more changes in direction, the harder
the game will be. A loop makes the
game super hard as the wand has to
be rolled to the back of the game to
achieve this; that might be for more
advanced gamers.
Photo 3 shows how we bent the
wire to go through the screws on the
game board.
We drilled holes for 30mm “gutter
bolts” about 30mm apart, allowing
space for a bolt to hold the game wire
and a spot for a second bolt to connect
to the Win and Reset wires at each end
of the maze. We did this to make the
whole thing robust, and so we could
pull the wire maze off and put in an
easier or harder one later.
Our first maze had loops, tight corners, and all sorts of complex curves,
making it nearly impossible to play.
We suggest you instead start simple
and work from there.
Once you have your maze bent up,
but before you bend the loops for the
bolts, insulate about 50mm at each
end with a couple of layers of heatshrink tubing. That will allow us
to wrap 10-20mm of bare copper or
tinned copper wire around the outside to form ‘pads’ that we will connect to the Reset and Win inputs on
the game board.
These inputs have a pullup on the
game board, so if we touch these pads
with a grounded wire, we will trigger
84
Silicon Chip
Reset or Win, respectively. Our wand
will connect to ground, making a neat
arrangement for these inputs to the
game. The required wiring is shown
in Fig.6, although it does not show
the physical layout, just what connects where.
After you have applied the heatshrink tubing, tightly wrap your copper wire around it. Use pliers to ensure
it is tightly in place, then solder the
top and bottom of the loops together.
Don’t worry; the heatshrink will survive; we put two layers just to be sure.
This is shown in Photos 3 & 4. We left
enough wire to run to a bolt where we
connect Reset and Win to flying leads
from the game board.
The wand
For the wand, we want something
that is comfortable to hold and to
which we can fix the wire loop that
goes around the maze wire, connected
to our circuit ground.
By connecting the loop on the wand
to ground, we can tap this on the Reset
wire to start the game. If the loop
touches the maze wire, it connects to
Touch and, at the end of the game, tapping on the Win wire wins the game;
all parts of the maze wire.
We used a ballpoint pen case for the
wand (Photo 5). The loop was made
from the same wire, reclaimed from
house mains wiring, that we used to
make the Reset and Win pads.
Fig.6: this diagram shows how the Touch, Reset and Win terminals (CON2CON4) connect to the wand, game wire and start and finish pads. Refer to
the photos to see how we made the required electrical connections, and note
that the ground wire going to the wand can connect to the upper screw of
any of the three terminals.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Photo 5: we made the wand from an
old biro case, some reclaimed wire
(tinned copper wire could be used)
and enough layers of heatshrink
tubing added to make it a snug fit to
the case. Some super glue holds the
whole thing together.
Assembly is a simple matter of
screwing everything together. Make
sure that the wand’s loop is ultimately wired to a ground pin on one
of the Reset, Touch or Win connectors
(CON2, CON3 or CON4). In each case,
the ground side is closer to the top of
the board.
By now, you will realise there is a
bit of work in making this project and
doing so tidily. Still, the basics of a
stable base, something to screw the
wire to and wide enough to hold the
PCB are the essence (see Photo 6 for
our completed version).
Finishing it off
Connect the pad at the start of the
wire to the Reset line (not the ground
side, so the bottom terminal of CON3)
so that tapping the wand here will
start the game.
Connect the main wire to the Touch
connector (bottom of CON2), so touching the wand to the wire will short
the Touch pin and reduce the Health
counter.
Connect the pad at the end of the
wire to the Win connector (bottom of
CON4). This way, everything you need
to run a game is at your fingertips.
Tips on playing
There are three settings each for
speed and difficulty. Noob + Slug
makes the game the easiest, while
Veteran + Nightmare makes it the most
difficult (perhaps impossible)! So start
with Noob + Slug and work your way
up from there. To win, you must move
the want from the start to the end of the
wire with time and health left.
To play a one-on-one game, choose
a difficulty setting and play one game
each. If one player wins and one loses,
the winner is obvious, but if both win,
whoever has the most health left wins.
If both have full health left, the fastest
time wins.
To run a tournament, start with the
easiest settings and give each player
one attempt at the game. Anyone who
loses (whether by running out of time
or health) is eliminated.
If more than one person is left, play
again on a higher difficulty setting.
Repeat this until all but one has been
eliminated, or you reach the highest
difficulty setting. In the latter case,
use the rules above to determine the
winner.
When increasing the difficulty, we
suggest going from Noob to Veteran for
Health first, then when you reach Veteran, start speeding up the time from
Slug to Nightmare.
Also, remember that the way you
bend, fold and make loops and kickbacks in that wire plays a big part. Is
your wire tough enough?
Have fun! If you come up with better tunes than we have, send in your
resistor values so we can try them
SC
ourselves!
Photo 6: the finished and assembled Skill Tester game. It is an updated version of the old wire loop (also called buzz wire)
game. We’ve used an MDF offcut, but you can use whatever timber you have available as long as the size is adequate.
siliconchip.com.au
May 2024 85
SERVICEMAN’S LOG
Cheap fixes for the working Serviceman
Dave Thompson is currently on a pilgrimage to Eden Park, home of
the All Blacks – an arduous journey undertaken by every good New
Zealander at least once in their lives. While he fends off feral kiwi bird
attacks and practices his haka, we have a selection of reader-contributed
stories for this month’s column.
R. W., of Hadspen, Tas was asked if he could put a new
fuse in his friend’s Bose subwoofer...
I queried why and was told that it stopped working; the
LED no longer lit up, and the last time this happened, the
warranty repair just involved replacing the fuse. I said I’d
be happy to take a look, but fuses blow for a reason, and if
the cause was not determined, they would continue to blow.
I collected the unit, a “Bose Acoustimass 300”. It is a
solidly-made and very heavy subwoofer that connects wirelessly to a TV soundbar. Its sole LED did not light when
power was applied, so I assumed it was a simple power
supply fault.
The base of the unit houses the electronics in a diecast
assembly that forms the base of the enclosure, the lower
acoustic port and also acts as a heatsink for the amplifier.
Only a couple of screws were visible and, on removing
them, the plastic cover wouldn’t budge.
Checking under the adhesive felt feet revealed another
four screws, but the cover was still fixed after removing
them. I located another two screws under the adhesive label
and had to cut holes in the label to remove them. Clearly,
this was the first time it had been opened, so how had the
fuse been replaced?
Eventually, the circuit board was revealed and, from
below, I could see the HV delineation on the circuit board
and took care to handle it from the edges in case some capacitors held charge. It was a wise decision, as a whopping
HV electrolytic capacitor occupied the centre of the board.
A small multi-conductor ribbon cable needed to be pulled
from its socket (what it connected to, I cannot imagine),
and after the heavy-duty speaker connector was unplugged,
the board was free.
About half of the board is occupied by switch-mode
power supplies (SMPS), about a quarter is what appears
to be a Class-D amplifier and filters, and the remainder
looked as if it was microprocessor or wireless related (there
was a PCB antenna in the corner). I don’t know how that
antenna worked, as it was almost entirely within the diecast enclosure.
There was a plastic-encapsulated fuse on the board (covered in white in the photo below) rated at 4A, but it was
intact, and there was no evidence that it was not original.
Following tracks from the mains cable with an ohmmeter
revealed nothing unusual, so I applied power.
I measured around 340V DC in several places around the
switch-mode supply and main electrolytic. A feed from
this cap went via an inductor to another smaller HV cap
hidden under masses of what looked like hot melt glue. I
was unable to find any low-voltage rails. From here, I was
in the dark, and tracing was difficult as the board was a
multi-layer type. I desperately needed a schematic.
After hours of trawling the internet, I had no useful leads
and had ignored all the YouTube fix-it videos. I don’t waste
time looking at them as they are generally unhelpful. Eventually, with no other way forward, I watched a video from
“Jonny Fix” about an Acoustimass 500, one of several that
he has fixed, and they all had the same problem as mine.
He had my full attention.
It appears that one diode is the culprit, and it’s involved
with the smaller SMPS right where I had been looking. Why
it fails with such regularity is a mystery. Nearby is a 16-pin
DIL IC marked ALTAIR05T N02671, which I determined
is a switching regulator. The diode in question was a 3A
100V schottky type in an SMD package, located under a glue
river (see the photo at lower left). It measured short-circuit.
I removed the diode, and it still measured as shorted.
The fault in the Bose Acoustimass 300 power supply was hidden under a big blob of glue. Replacing the shorted schottky
diode returned it to a functional state.
86
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Items Covered This Month
• A $3 subwoofer fix
• Finding replacements in unexpected places
• Repairing an Esseti TIG welder
• Revitalising a Miniscamp Computer from EA
• Fixing an MTM 4400i inverter generator
Dave Thompson runs PC Anytime in Christchurch, NZ.
Website: www.pcanytime.co.nz
Email: dave<at>pcanytime.co.nz
Cartoonist – Louis Decrevel
Website: loueee.com
I could not believe I had found the culprit so quickly
with no schematic. Thank you, Jonny Fix! Now to find a
replacement.
Some people in the comments section said that a 1N5408
had worked for them, but I wanted to replace it with an
equivalent schottky type. I found a dual 100V 20A diode
in a TO220 package (MBR20100CT) at Jaycar for under
$3. 20A is overkill, but it was the closest 100V schottky I
could find.
I used only one of the diodes within, and had to use
some hot-melt glue to affix the body to a nearby capacitor
for rigidity. I left the metal tab open to the air.
On powering the unit, nothing happened, and the LED
remained dark. I was about to utter a comment when the
LED started flashing orange to indicate that pairing was in
progress. When I re-introduced it to the soundbar, it performed faultlessly. As for the mystery of the fuse replacement, it appears the retailer simply replaced the whole
subwoofer, and the fuse excuse was a furphy.
Lucking into replacement parts
T. B., of Kogarah, NSW found a rare part he needed in
the most unlikely of places...
I began my aircraft electronics career as an apprentice
with The Flying Kangaroo in the early 1960s. We had the
best electronics test equipment, including beautifully
made (hand-wired, I assume) Tektronix scopes. They were
valve-powered, unlike the Boeing 707’s all-solid-state electronics. So I did not see much valve technology for repair.
Fast forward 40 or so years, and in retirement, I was persuaded to join the HARS Aviation Museum at Albion Park,
south of Sydney, resuming my trade as a volunteer. Early
on, I spotted one of the aforementioned Tektronix ‘scopes
gathering dust in the back of the hangar.
I couldn’t let it go unused, so I set it up on the workbench and removed the cover. It looked so good, but a valve
was missing, with “6DQ6A” helpfully stencilled next to
the socket. My valve experience was limited to building
a Radio, TV & Hobbies “Playmaster” amplifier, and it had
none of those types!
Nearby, there was a lead with a top-cap fitting, so I
needed to do more research and start looking for one.
Where, though?
Fast forward to the following Saturday, ie, two days
later. I needed to buy a desk for my home computer; a
second-hand one would be good enough, so I called into
siliconchip.com.au
a nearby used furniture store. They showed me to their
desks, but none were suitable. As closing time was near, I
headed for the exit.
My eye caught a glass-fronted display case at the end
of an aisle with some interesting bits and pieces piled up.
Worth a peep, I thought.
Right on top of the pile was a Mullard valve box, with the
end visible, reading 6DQ6A! Surely, it wasn’t possible, but
it was. I couldn’t believe it; I picked it up and headed for
the checkout. “Price for one valve, please?” “$5 for you.”
Done deal. “Probably from a deceased estate,” I was told.
Next Saturday could not come fast enough. I fitted it to
the ‘scope and was greeted by a nice sharp trace on the
screen. A joy to my eyes! It was truly a chance in a million
to find such a prize in a used furniture shop five minutes
before closing time.
Scratching the itch to service a welder
R. H., of Waverton, NSW discovered, as many others
do, that a seemingly serious fault can result from a single
failed component. That’s why it’s often worth trying to fix
failed equipment...
It was about 1998 when I purchased my Esseti Inverter
TIG welder. The cost was then $1700; quite expensive!
Although I did not realise it then, this welder was quite
advanced; it featured hot start, arc force and anti-sticking,
but no high-frequency ignition (HFI) – that would have
been an optional extra at $450, too expensive!
The arc is initiated by ‘scratch start’, requiring constant
practice to gain confidence to achieve this method. It also
contaminates the tungsten.
I constantly toyed with the idea of adding HFI, as lately,
many HFI boards and simmer coils have become cheaply
available on the internet. Many YouTube sites explain this
but leave out essential details of exactly how to connect
these items to the welder. I tried, but the result was that
my welder failed.
What to do? Buy a new TIG welder, with HFI now considerably cheaper, or have a go at repairing it? After some
thought, I decided to take a shot!
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 87
The manual that came with the welder was in Italian,
with some attempt at English translation and, of course,
no circuit diagram.
All seemed good at the front panel. The readouts and
the gas solenoid worked. But no 90V at the TIG torch. The
main board had two spade terminals, marked with a plus
sign, adjacent to two L7912CV 12V regulators. Both measured 12V. I next tested the four RURG8060 rectifier diodes
and found that one had failed. All the other components
looked OK!
I hadn’t tested the two G4ON60B3 N-channel IGBTs yet,
but I placed orders for four RURG8060 diodes and two
G4ON60B3 IGBTs to be on the safe side. Once received, I
replaced all four RURG8060 diodes, checked it over and
powered it up. With the welder switched to stick, up came
the 90V DC. Wonderful!
However, when I switched to TIG, the output terminals
only measured 12V. Why? I rechecked everything and could
not find a reason.
Then, when I was lying awake at night, the idea came to
me that the 12V was a sensing voltage, and when the arc
was struck, up would come the 90V and many amps. So I
tried that, and it all went well.
As for the HFI addition, I will leave it until I find out
more about how it’s supposed to be installed. The moral
of this story is: don’t throw it on the scrap heap – have a
go. You never know your luck.
Miniscamp Microcomputer rejuvenation
J. W., of Hillarys, WA decided to try out a computer he
built around 46 years ago. Computers were pretty simple
back then, so there wasn’t much to go wrong...
A few weeks ago, I decided it was time to clean out the
workshop. I came across the first computer I ever owned
in the back of a cupboard: a Miniscamp microcomputer.
The Miniscamp was a project published in Electronics Australia in April 1977. I built it around 1978 and modified
it over the next few years to include a serial interface and
more memory (ROM & RAM).
I decided it would be worth the effort to get it running
again after over 40 years of gathering dust.
The Miniscamp used a National Semiconductor SC/MP
microprocessor and, in its original form, had 256 bytes
(that’s right, bytes) of RAM, using two 2112 RAM ICs.
88
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Input and output were in the form of eight LEDs, eight data
switches and 10 address switches.
Programs were entered by switching to DMA (direct
memory access) mode, setting the address switches to the
required address, say 0000h, and setting the data switches
to an instruction, say 08h (no operation/NOP). The deposit
switch was then pressed, and the instruction would be
saved at the selected address. So the first address would
now hold the NOP instruction.
Entering a large program was a lot of work and concentration. The Miniscamp was basic, but a good learning tool
for microprocessors.
The first thing to do was to get some information about
the design and instruction set. I found an archived copy
of the original article and many of the following articles,
so I had the circuit diagram and some sample code. I then
located the National Semiconductor SC/MP programming
and assembly manual, so I was ready to go.
I removed the cover and was surprised to find the circuit board in perfect condition, just like it was in 1978.
After connecting power, I found the +5V and -12V supplies to be good.
Now was the time to see if the hardware was working.
I had upgraded the original kit with a ROM containing
National Semiconductor’s KitBug ROM (512 bytes), more
RAM and a serial interface.
I checked the original circuit to find the serial output
pin, connected my CRO and pressed the reset button. I was
greeted with a stream of pulses from the Flag 0 pin. I had a
USB-to-serial interface on hand, so I used a few transistors
to isolate the PC and Miniscamp from each other.
I ran PuTTY (a serial terminal program) but had to set
the baud rate; I thought I had set it to 500 baud all those
years ago. I was spot on, and after pressing the reset button, I was greeted with a hyphen as a prompt.
The manual indicated that there were only three commands recognised: T for displaying memory, M for modifying memory and G for running a program. I remembered
upgrading the original KitBug ROM to add the ability to
save (S) and load (L) programs from cassette tape and set
breakpoints (B) in a program.
I could now enter a program by typing commands instead
of setting switches. The original article had a sample program that displayed a binary counter on the LEDs but, upon
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 89
running it, the LEDs did not flash. After some investigating,
I realised that to add the extended the RAM, I had to disconnect the LEDs as they took up a 256-byte bank of memory.
After a bit more investigation, I disconnected one bank
of RAM and got the LEDs working again. I then tried to
use the breakpoint command, but it did not work. After
printing out the program listing of the ROM, which I had
extended to 1kB, I saw what I had done to get the breakpoint feature working.
I then set about writing some code of my own. Assembling the code by hand was a bit of a job, so I investigated
and found an assembler on the internet to do the job. I was
then satisfied that it was all working correctly. Now I just
need some tasks for my 40-year-old computer!
MTM 4400i inverter generator repair
G. C., of Toormina, NSW has an MTM 4400i inverter
generator that has served him well during blackouts and
remote work over a 10-year period...
For those readers not familiar with an inverter-type
generator, they have the advantage of producing a pure
sinewave output with the correct voltage and a stable frequency. An alternator in this machine supplies three-phase
power at varying frequencies depending on the engine
RPM. This three-phase supply is rectified into DC and fed
to the inverter, where it is converted to the required 50Hz
AC output.
Another advantage of this system is that the engine can
idle slowly on light loads and rev up to meet the demand
if the load increases. That is achieved by a stepper motor,
which operates the throttle based on the detected load.
90
Silicon Chip
Standard generators are hopeless in this regard, as their
frequency and voltage can vary all over the shop, and they
need to run at approximately 3000 RPM for a two-pole
machine to get a 50Hz output. That means a lot more noise.
This generator is rated at 4.4kVA and was made in China.
I purchased it on eBay for about $500.
We recently had a blackout, and the generator ran for
about three hours when it stopped producing power. I
checked the generator; it was still running but no LEDs
were lit on the front panel. There was no output voltage
coming from the machine. I stopped the generator to let it
cool down so I could look at it the next day.
I then began disassembling it to access the internal workings. The machine looked pristine inside. I was impressed
by how well-made everything was and how easy it was
to take apart. It used all regular Phillips screws, standard
metric bolts and no breakable plastic clips. I had to pinch
myself to see if I was dreaming!
I began by looking for any burnt connections or loose/broken connections. Nothing showed up in that regard. Thankfully, I have a wiring diagram (shown opposite). I disconnected all the plugs from the inverter board to avoid getting
false readings or damaging any electronics while testing.
I measured the resistance of the three-phase star-
connected winding labelled “Main windings” in the diagram. All three windings measured 0.7W to the common
star point of the windings. All resistance readings should
be equal when testing three-phase machines. Sometimes,
this information is available from the manufacturer’s website, but I was on my own in this case.
I used a Megger set on 500V to test between these
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
windings and the machine’s frame. It showed above 100MW,
so the windings were OK.
Next, I measured the resistance of the exciter winding
labelled “Control winding” in the diagram. This showed
a reading of only 0.2W, which concerned me, but I also
checked with an inductance meter and measured about
16µH. That wasn’t totally convincing but at least it proved
that the winding wasn’t shorted. This winding was also
over 100MW to the frame on the Megger test.
At this stage, it looked like the inverter board was the
culprit. Unfortunately, it is potted in epoxy resin and seems
quite complicated. I may try to de-pot it at a later date.
I jumped on the web and was horrified to find no leads
about MTM generators or where to get parts. Thoroughly
disgusted, I gave up for the day.
The next day, I tried another web search and stumbled
on a company called Generator Guru (www.generatorguru.
com). This was my saviour. They specialise in saving Chinese generators from being thrown away.
I got onto their site and searched for my brand and model
number. Up came the inverter board and all the other spares
they have for this generator. I was impressed. The sad news
was that the inverter board would cost $525 with free shipping. That was more than the cost of the generator itself!
I thought about it and remembered that I bought it 10
years ago, so considering inflation, it wasn’t all that bad. I
searched the web for other generators of similar capacity,
which cost at least $1200. I was also loathe to write this
machine off. I decided to bite the bullet and ordered the
inverter board, plus the ignition controller board, as a spare.
Their service was brilliant, with regular tracking updates
about the shipping from Sussex in the UK. The parcel
arrived in about five days, which was also impressive.
When I had a spare moment, I fitted the board, which has
six connectors that are all different, so you can’t muck it up.
I left some covers off and fired up the generator. All was
well with a 10A kettle plugged in as a test load. I refitted
the covers and gave it another test run to be sure.
I am pleased to have saved the generator from scrap
and highly recommend Generator Guru if you are chasing parts. They also have some repair videos and advice
SC
columns.
The wiring diagram for the MTM 4400i inverter
generator.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 91
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions will be paid for at
standard rates. All submissions should include full name, address & phone number.
Double-sideband (DSB) / AM phase-shift modulator
This circuit produces an AM or a
DSB signal at 27MHz by combining
two phase-shifted signals of that frequency. Although the idea of amplitude modulation by phase-shifting is
not new, I could not find any circuits
on the internet for a transmitter using
that concept.
I implemented this circuit to verify
the feasibility of employing that technique to transmit a low-power AM
or DSB signal in the citizens’ band.
Per the circuit diagram, my design
employs digital ICs of the 74HC family. IC1 is a dual flip-flop, with IC1a
used as a 6MHz crystal oscillator, as
I previously described in the Circuit
Notebook section of the March 2021
issue (siliconchip.au/Article/14779).
IC1b halves that frequency. The
block comprising IC1 to IC3 produces
two square waves at the same frequency with a phase difference that
can continuously range from nearly
-180° to +180°. The phase difference
obtained depends on the difference in
the delays produced by timers IC2a
(upper half) and IC2b.
This block uses the 6MHz signal
and the 3MHz square wave generated
by IC1 to generate two 3MHz square
waves with a variable phase difference. The 6MHz signal is applied to
the rising edge-triggered clock input
of IC1b as well as the rising edge-
triggered inputs of both timers in IC2.
The latter produce very narrow negative pulses at their outputs (pins 7 & 9).
So, after short delays, the rising edges
at the clock inputs of flip-flops IC3a
and IC3b take the logic level present
at that instant at the Q output of IC1b.
That happens for each rising edge of the
6MHz signal; that is, for each rising and
falling edge of the 3MHz square wave
produced by IC1b. So IC3a and IC3b
Circuit
Ideas
Wanted
92
Silicon Chip
follow IC1b’s Q output, but with delays
that depend on the two timers in IC2.
Usually, the delays of the 74HC4538
timers are determined by a resistor and
a capacitor for each timer (330W and
22pF in this case). However, I added
circuitry to inject audio signals into
each timer so those audio signals modulate the delays of both timers.
NPN transistor Q1 is configured as
an amplifier with a gain of about 10.
The amplified audio signal at its collector is applied to Q2 and its associated components, which produce two
audio signals of opposite polarity at
the emitters of Q2 and Q3 (a phase
difference of 180°). Q3, connected as
an emitter-follower, presents a lower
impedance than the collector of Q2.
In the DSB position of S1, the two
anti-phase audio signals are coupled
to pins 2 and 14 of timer IC2 via 470nF
capacitors. The two 1kW resistors and
trimpot VR1 provide DC biasing, and
VR1 allows it to be balanced for both
signals. Thus, the two timer delays
are modulated by the applied audio
signals.
By adjusting VR1, the carrier is nullified when there is no audio input, while
VR2 is used to balance the modulation
effect of both 180°-out-of-phase audio
signals. In the AM position of S1, only
the first timer receives an audio signal at
pin 2, while the second timer produces
a constant delay, which can be adjusted
by VR3 for minimum distortion.
The outputs of IC3a and IC3b (the
Q outputs in this case, although the
Q outputs could also be used) produce two 3MHz square waves with a
phase difference that follows the audio
input. IC4 and its associated components extract and amplify the 9th
harmonic of IC3a’s output. Similarly,
IC5 and its associated components
convert the 3MHz signal from IC3b to
a 27MHz signal.
Push-pull complementary emitter-
follower pairs Q4/Q5 and Q6/Q7
increase the current delivery capability of this part of the circuit. Both
27MHz signals are applied to a toroidal RF transformer; as their phase difference varies from -180° to +180°, the
amplitude at the secondary decreases
as the phase shift increases from -180°,
being null for 0°, and then reverses
its phase and increases its amplitude
again, up to its maximum for 180°.
For AM transmission, the phase difference varies between 0° and 180°, sitting at 90° without audio input. Since
the 3MHz signals have their frequencies multiplied by nine, the angular
phase difference between them before
the multiplication must be nine times
smaller, ie, -20° to +20° for DSB and 0°
to 20° for AM. L5 and the 22pF capacitor filter the resulting signal, reducing
its harmonic content.
L1-L4 are standard moulded chokes;
I made L5 by winding 16 turns
of plastic-
covered telephone wire
(0.5mm diameter) on a 10mm former,
with approximately 0.5mm between
the turns.
For the toroidal transformer, I used
the same wire and a green-blue core
salvaged from a PC motherboard, with
an outer diameter of 12.8mm, an inner
diameter of 7.6mm and a strip length
of 6.4mm. I wound it by interleaving
each primary turn with two secondary
turns, giving six turns for the primary
and 12 for the secondary.
I used a 1m wire antenna, with the
receiver 30m away, with a wall in
between. I obtained a strong signal
with good audio quality.
Ariel G. Benvenuto,
Parana, Argentina. ($120)
Got an interesting original circuit that you have cleverly devised? We will pay good money to
feature it in Circuit Notebook. We can pay you by electronic funds transfer, cheque or direct to
your PayPal account. Or you can use the funds to purchase anything from the SILICON CHIP Online
Store, including PCBs and components, back issues, subscriptions or whatever. Email your circuit
and descriptive text to editor<at>siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 93
Replacement switchmode power supply for an oscilloscope
Around 1986, an organisation was
offloading their used BWD oscilloscopes. I was very keen to get my own
CRO, but being on a tight budget (17%
home loans!), I opted to buy one that
had been used as a source for spare
parts. It only cost about $100 and I
figured I could rebuild it.
Apart from some sub-boards, the
power supply was also missing. I discovered that BWD was closing down
and no spare parts were available.
Undeterred, I designed a power supply to provide the necessary outputs.
The TL494 IC looked like a suitable
control device, so I used it as the basis
for the design.
Winding the transformer was the
hardest part! Fortunately, I had been
teaching power transformer design at
Swinburne University, so I saw it as a
challenge. I used an iterative method
(repeated manual calculations) to
handle the multitude of variables
and constraints. I chose an E50 ferrite
core made from N27 material for high-
frequency operation.
94
Silicon Chip
At this time, I was doing part-time
tutoring at RMIT Electrical Engineering Department (courtesy of SEC),
so I had access to their coil winding
equipment.
The power supply looks a bit crude
now, but it produced all the required
output voltages. The incoming mains
goes to a small transformer that
directly produces the low-current 6.9V
AC and 2V AC rails for the ‘scope, as
well as around 12V AC that is rectified
and filtered to feed the 7812 regulator.
The mains is also fed through an
EMI filter straight into a bridge rectifier that charges a pair of parallel 47μF
capacitors to around 340V DC. That
voltage is applied to the centre tap of
the high-frequency main transformer’s
primary, with the ends of the windings
alternately connected to the 0V rail by
a pair of BUZ50A Mosfets.
The high-frequency transformer
secondaries produce eight different
outputs, with some fed to the ‘scope
as AC, while others are rectified and
filtered to produce DC rails. None are
Australia's electronics magazine
regulated; they’re all set by the transformer properties.
The five zener diodes and two ultrafast rectifiers connected between the
main transformer’s primary winding
taps clamp back-EMF spikes to protect the driving Mosfets. An MMH0026
dual low-side Mosfet driver feeds the
Mosfet gates since the TL494 is not
suitable for directly driving Mosfet
gates at fast switching speeds. That
IC is also powered by the regulated
12V rail.
The TL494 monitors the current
through the transformer primary,
which is converted to a voltage by the
3.3W shunt resistor between the Mosfet
source pins and the 0V rail. That voltage is then fed to pin 15 of the TL494
via a 680W resistor, which is the inverting input of the second error amplifier.
Thus, the TL494 adjusts the duty cycle
of the Mosfets to achieve the desired
current in the transformer primary.
The switching frequency is set to
around 80kHz by the 15kW resistor at
pin 6 and the 1nF capacitor at pin 5.
siliconchip.com.au
Ideal Bridge Rectifiers
Choose from six Ideal Diode Bridge
Rectifier kits to build: siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/?article=16043
28mm spade (SC6850, $30)
Photos of the finished power supply
board for the BWD oscilloscope.
As that frequency is used to switch the
power Mosfets alternately, the drive
frequency of the transformer primary
is close to 40kHz.
Pin 3 of IC1 is the compensation
input; the resistors and capacitors
connected there slow its response to
changes in the primary current, so the
duty cycle stabilises.
As this circuit involves chopping
rectified mains voltages, it requires a
correctly designed PCB that adheres to
proper clearance requirements, along
with thorough insulation and other
safety measures. I am not presenting
it here expecting others to make one,
but as more of an educational exercise.
Only attempt to build the circuit if
you are familiar with all the required
safety paradigms.
Mauri Lampi,
Glenroy, Vic. ($100)
Compatible with KBPC3504
10A continuous (20A peak),
72V
Connectors: 6.3mm spade
lugs, 18mm tall
IC1 package: MSOP-12
(SMD)
Mosfets: TK6R9P08QM,RQ (DPAK)
21mm square pin (SC6851, $30)
Compatible with PB1004
10A continuous (20A peak),
72V
Connectors: solder pins on
a 14mm grid (can be bent
to a 13mm grid)
IC1 package: MSOP-12
Mosfets: TK6R9P08QM,RQ
5mm pitch SIL (SC6852, $30)
Compatible with KBL604
10A continuous (20A peak), 72V
Connectors: solder pins at
5mm pitch
IC1 package: MSOP-12
Mosfets: TK6R9P08QM,RQ
mini SOT-23 (SC6853, $25)
Width of W02/W04
2A continuous, 40V
Connectors: solder
pins 5mm apart
at either end
IC1 package: MSOP-12
Mosfets: SI2318DS-GE3 (SOT-23)
D2PAK standalone (SC6854, $35)
20A continuous, 72V
Connectors: 5mm screw
terminals at each end
IC1 package:
MSOP-12
Mosfets:
IPB057N06NATMA1
(D2PAK)
TO-220 standalone (SC6855, $45)
40A continuous,
72V
Connectors:
6.3mm spade lugs,
18mm tall
IC1 package: DIP-8
Mosfets:
TK5R3E08QM,S1X
(TO-220)
See our article
in the December
2023 issue for more details:
siliconchip.au/Article/16043
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 95
Vintage OSCILLOSCOPE
Valve-based Calibrated Oscilloscope
from Radio, TV & Hobbies magazine
I
was pretty surprised when a fellow
Historical Radio Society of Australia (HRSA) member turned up at one
of our meetings with not one but two
examples of Jamieson (“Jim”) Rowe’s
outstanding oscilloscope design. It’s a
fully-calibrated oscilloscope based on
a three-inch (~75mm) diameter round
CRT screen.
With no exotic components or tricky
construction, it was a well-designed
and highly practical instrument that
any enthusiast could build.
The oscilloscope is effectively an
X/Y plotter, plotting an input signal
(Y-axis) against a time base (X-axis).
That might sound simple, but the
Y-axis amplifier must be able to
reproduce the input waveform accurately, demanding a broad frequency
response. Another challenge is that the
timebase generator must be linear and
96
Silicon Chip
adjustable over a wide range of speeds
to suit signals of different frequencies.
As for the Y-axis amplifier, let’s consider low-frequency inputs. While
audio frequencies rarely extend below
20Hz, what about electrocardiograph
signals, or signals from seismic monitors? What if we need to determine
the DC component of a complex signal, such as a television waveform?
Ideally, the low-frequency response
should go all the way to DC. Early
designs did not do this, either for
cost-saving reasons, lack of perceived
demand, or lack of design experience.
Once such designs escaped the laboratory, designers implemented direct
coupling and other improvements.
What about the high-frequency end?
There must be a practical limit to the
highest frequency that a wideband
amplifier can reproduce without loss.
Australia's electronics magazine
Common radio valves can easily work
above 30MHz in tuned amplifiers, as
their internal capacitances can mostly
be incorporated into tuned circuits.
A wideband amplifier usually has
a resistive load, meaning that valve
capacitances become a limiting factor.
You will find a detailed description
of how the circuit works in Jim’s original Radio, Television and Hobbies
articles from June to August 1963.
The circuit is shown in Fig.1, with
some added voltage readings (green,
peak-to-peak) and valve designators
(yellow) to aid in troubleshooting and
restoration.
The overall sensitivity is governed
by the required bandwidth and the
high output voltage demanded by the
cathode ray tube (CRT) screen. For
conventional tetrode types with the
deflection plates as the next-to-final
siliconchip.com.au
Radio and Hobbies (R&H), later Radio, Television and Hobbies (RTV&H),
was Australia’s premier hobby and radio/electronics magazine from
April 1939 until it was renamed Electronics Australia in March 1965.
This clever oscilloscope, designed by Jim Rowe, was published in
RTV&H’s June to August 1963 issues. It’s a brilliant circuit with one
small flaw that I decided to address.
By Ian Batty
electrodes in the electron stream, sensitivities of some 20V/cm demand
voltages approaching 150V peak-topeak for full deflection.
As Jim noted, advanced post-
deflection acceleration designs can
bring full-screen deflection voltages
down to tens of volts. The necessary
expense and extra high-voltage power
supplies were not judged appropriate
for this design. This design settled for
a -3dB bandwidth of 3.75MHz and an
input sensitivity of 100mV/cm for fullscreen deflection.
The vertical amplifier
Vertical amplifiers have evolved
logically. The first single-stage, AC-
coupled amplifiers were developed
into multi-stage versions. These commonly had limited bandwidths and
provided up to 200V peak-to-peak
siliconchip.com.au
output to drive the CRT to full deflection.
Adding a push-pull output stage
halved the output voltage needed for
full-scale deflection. By about this
point, design theories that would
extend amplifier bandwidths were
being considered and implemented.
Research in radar and pulse techniques during WWII had established
techniques for wideband amplification, and RTV&H’s design team readily adopted them.
The New Wide Band Oscilloscope
in RTV&H, February 1957, p70, is the
canonical design, with a bandwidth
exceeding 3MHz. With a push-pull
output and high-frequency peaking,
the final step would be direct coupling
throughout.
Jim’s design is nicely tailored to
give all the desirable features in an
Australia's electronics magazine
economical design. The cleverest
part is the connection of the preamplifier and output stages in DC series,
allowing a main HT supply of just
270V compared to the 400V found
in Hewlett-Packard’s model 150 from
around the same time.
With a -3dB bandwidth of 3.75MHz,
it’s certainly good enough for most
work, including black-and-white television. While the 3.75MHz limit is less
than the full 5MHz bandwidth of PAL
colour, the ‘scope usefully resolves the
colour bar waveforms and displays the
colour burst.
This instrument is certainly good
enough for most repair and alignment work.
Previous RTV&H designs, using
ex-disposals CRTs such as the venerable 5BP1, needed some 100-plus
volts peak-to-peak for full-screen
May 2024 97
98
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the complete circuit of the Calibrated Oscilloscope from Radio, Television & Hobbies, June to August 1963. It uses just eight valves, six triode/pentodes, one
twin triode (V5) and one pentode (V7), with the latter acting as a timebase oscillator. The red circle (at upper left) indicates the area where the changes noted in Fig.8
were applied.
deflection. Jim chose the DG7-32/01;
with its high deflection sensitivity, it
only needs some 30V peak-to-peak,
supplied in antiphase to its vertical
deflection plates.
This permits the clever design of
the preamplifier and output amplifier in DC series from the HT supply
noted above.
The timebase, extending from 1s/
cm to 1μs/cm, is certainly suited to
domestic electronics, including analog colour television. I could easily
display the colour bar output from my
Arlunya PG100 and observe the duration and positioning of the colour subcarrier burst with its 4.7μs duration.
This showed that the Arlunya’s output, while adequate for testing, does
not fully conform to the CCIR/PAL
timing standard.
The timebase
While all vertical amplifiers look
vaguely similar, timebase design is a
bit of a zoo. Apart from special applications, the timebase waveform is a
sawtooth wave with a linear ramp
during the active display time and a
rapid ‘snap’ back to zero during the
blanked-out retrace period.
The repetition rate must be adjustable, and it needs to offer synchronisation to either the signal being displayed or an external reference. Otherwise, the displayed waveform will
not be steady on the screen.
A neon lamp will go into conduction once the applied voltage reaches
a particular value, typically 70V. It’s
simple to take a power supply of perhaps 100V, string a series resistor to
the lamp and pop the neon in parallel
with a capacitor. On applying power,
the capacitor will charge up until the
neon strikes. It will then discharge
the capacitor until the capacitor voltage drops below the neon’s extinction
threshold.
Once the neon extinguishes, the
capacitor will begin to charge again,
repeating the cycle. While this does
give a continuous waveform (with frequency adjustable by changing either
the capacitor or resistor), the waveform is exponential rather than a true
linear ramp. This gives a less-than-
linear time base, ‘crowded’ towards
the right-hand end.
The neon has finite ionisation and
deionisation times, so the maximum
operating frequency is limited to
around 50kHz. This simple circuit
siliconchip.com.au
is difficult to synchronise, so it was
reworked to use a gas-filled triode
thyratron.
The thyratron has strike and extinction characteristics similar to a neon
and responds to synchronising signals
on its grid. This makes it a practical
circuit, but still with the limitations
of non-linearity and only a moderate
maximum operating frequency. R&H
used such designs up to March 1950
(p52).
These ‘soft’ timebases could be
improved by replacing the timing
resistor with an adjustable constant
current source, giving a linear output
waveform (R&H, April 1950, p64). The
added complexity pushed designers
to new circuits that were inherently
linear.
Various forms of multivibrator, bootstrap, and other switching circuits
were used in high-performance instruments, but the circuit of choice became
the Miller Integrator/Transitron, also
known as the Phantastron.
The Miller effect describes how a
voltage amplifier effectively amplifies
its own anode-grid (or collector-base
or drain-gate) capacitance. The Miller
effect can be used to create a repetitive
linear waveform.
There’s a complete description of
how it works in R&H, September 1956,
p32. Jim’s description (with the added
detail of the synchronising circuitry)
is in a separate RTV&H article in September 1962, starting on p44.
The Phantastron exploits what is
otherwise a serious problem inherent
to tetrode valves. If the screen voltage is held constant and the anode
voltage is reduced, there is a critical
point below which the screen current skyrockets and the anode current
falls. Fig.2 shows the effect, with the
transition beginning around 100V on
the anode.
We need to add one more characteristic that is not commonly considered.
The suppressor grid, invented to counteract the tetrode’s undesirable characteristics, can be used to control anode
current. Its authority is much less than
the control grid, needing some -50V
for cutoff in the EF50.
Now, let’s consider the basic circuit: a high-gain valve with the timing
capacitor connected from the anode to
the control grid and the timing resistor
from the grid to a positive bias supply,
shown in Fig.3.
When power is applied, the valve
will draw anode current through RL,
and the anode voltage will begin to
fall. But that will drive the grid negative via timing capacitor CT, which
will tend to reduce the anode current.
The circuit settles into a balance,
where the tendency for the anode voltage to fall almost instantaneously to
zero is balanced by the fact that such
a fall would cut the valve off. The circuit will produce a ramp with a slope
determined by timing capacitor CT and
timing resistor RT. Varying the DC bias
via the Time Cal potentiometer varies
the waveform period.
A simplified Phantastron
If we left the circuit there, we would
have a linear ramp but not the repetitive waveform we need for a timebase. Repetition is provided by the
screen-suppressor circuit. As the
anode voltage gets close to zero, the
screen suddenly takes up the valve’s
cathode current, the voltage drop
across screen resistor RSG increases,
and the screen voltage drops to zero.
Fig.2: the sudden change in plate
and screen currents at lower anode
voltages is usually a problem,
but it is taken advantage of in the
‘Phantastron’ oscillator.
Fig.3: the basic configuration of the
Phantastron oscillator. It generates a
linear voltage ramp at its anode that’s
periodically reset to a lower voltage
over a short duration, thanks to the
property shown in Fig.2.
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 99
The underside of the busbar version (one of two I received). It was the hardest to work on.
This rapid drop is conveyed to the
suppressor by CG3, forcing the suppressor sufficiently negative to cut
off all current to the anode. When cut
off, the anode circuit will rapidly rise
to the full supply voltage. Once the
screen comes out of its ‘bottomed’
state, the circuit resets, anode current rises, and a new downward ramp
commences.
The free-running circuit can be
synchronised easily by applying
synchronising pulses to cut off the
control grid before the end of the
active period.
So, we have everything we need for
an adjustable, synchronisable horizontal timebase waveform for the CRT
from a single valve and a handful of
other components.
Restoration
As mentioned earlier, I got my hands
on two oscilloscopes built from the
Scope 1: after
calibrating the
vertical amplifier
it still had a poor
high-frequency
response. Scopes
1 & 2 are from
my Parameters
5506 bench
oscilloscope. I
took them during
testing to get a
better idea of the
exact waveform
shapes than I
could get from the
smaller RTV&H
‘scope screen.
100
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
articles. One used impressive busbar
construction with solid wire insulated with sleeving, while the other
had ‘just put it down and solder it in’
construction.
I started with the busbar version as
it had the full set of valves, but ran
into a few problems.
First, the main filter capacitors were
drawing excessive current and would
not reform. I popped in a pair of substitutes and started to test the rest of
the circuitry.
There was an extra voltage doubler
stacked on top of the existing -300V
supply for the CRT (it’s visible on a tag
strip at the extreme right of the chassis
underside). I have no idea why, and it
was messing up the CRT voltages, so
I removed it.
Next, the main HT was low everywhere. I seemed to have some current
drains that I couldn’t locate. I was
struggling with the whole instrument
– while the busbar construction looked
neat, it was pretty near impossible to
trace the circuit or get test probes past
the wiring and onto actual valve socket
connections.
So I moved on to the other version,
which was much easier to work on.
siliconchip.com.au
The other oscilloscope was messier, but easier to work on. However, it didn’t have a full set of working valves.
Better yet, its electrolytic capacitors all
tested OK. I ‘liberated’ the valves from
the busbar instrument, tested them all,
plugged them into the other unit and
got into testing proper.
Apart from the usual noisy switches
and pots, the restoration was going
well until I hit the timebase. The coarse
time selector (1 sec, 100ms, 10ms etc)
checked out OK, as did the fine time
selector (×1, ×2, ×5). However, the variable time selector did nothing.
The variable control works by pulling down the voltage divider reference,
but it was having no effect. Checking
both ends of the variable pot showed
identical voltages, around 42V.
The wiring is obscured behind a
metal shield plate, but I was able to
make out a green wire going from the
bottom end of the variable pot. Instead
of going to a grounded tag on a tag
strip, it went to one with no other connection. Connecting the green lead to
ground fixed what had been an original wiring fault.
gain calibration, then adjusting the five
frequency-compensation trimmers.
With a 1kHz square wave input, I
found a conflict of settings, so I substituted a stair-step. The stair-step display showed sharp transitions without significant overshoot on all ranges
except 100mV/cm.
It showed much slower rise times on
this range, as seen in Scope 1, so this
setting (and just this one) was suffering
from a poor high-frequency response.
Given that the 100mV/cm range connects the input signal directly to the
vertical amp’s input grid, what was
causing this loss of bandwidth?
Now for the vertical amp. It was
working OK, so I went ahead with
calibration. This required setting the
Fig.4: without compensation,
parasitic capacitances will cause
a resistive divider to slow down
rapid voltage transitions (Cin is
the unavoidable grid/input/wiring
capacitance).
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
Vertical amplifier
A simple resistive attenuator works
fine for DC measurements. Still, circuit capacitances will cause AC voltage measurement errors even at the
higher end of audio frequencies and
slow down the rise and fall times of
square waves and other pulse waveforms.
The 6BL8 pentode has an input
capacitance of 5.5pF. Circuit wiring
will add to that, but let’s stick with a
known value. While this capacitance
would have a negligible effect at audio
frequencies, its capacitive reactance
at 1MHz is only 30W. That will give
slow rise/fall times, as shown in Fig.4.
Fig.5: adding a compensation
capacitor across the input resistor
forms a capacitive divider with
the parasitic capacitance, Cin,
flattening the frequency response
and speeding up transitions.
May 2024 101
Fig.6: in the original Oscilloscope
circuit, the compensation capacitor
was over-compensating to account
for the pure resistance of the
calibration potentiometer.
Fig.7: however, on its most sensitive
setting, the compensation capacitor
was shorted out, so we were back to
an uncompensated divider and the
resulting signal rounding.
Fig.8: by adding another
compensation capacitor across
the calibration resistance, we no
longer need the first capacitor to
overcompensate, and it compensates
on all sensitivity settings.
The solution is to modify the attenuator to make it a capacitive divider,
as well as a resistive one, as shown
in Fig.5.
The added capacitance in the ‘top
half’ of the divider compensates for
the inherent capacitance in the bottom,
giving a division ratio that is (theoretically) flat with frequency.
Valve input impedance falls significantly at frequencies above about
20MHz, which can add loading to
the attenuator. More complex attenuator/input stage designs will be
accurate over wider bandwidths, but
the RTV&H circuit gives accurate
attenuation for audio and video frequencies of its time.
Given that the input attenuator in
the ‘scope has such compensation,
what was wrong, and why on only
one range?
The calibration potentiometer is not
compensated, so it will degrade waveform rise and fall times. The 3~30pF
master compensation trimmer was
used to compensate for this and therefore null out the under-compensation
in the calibration pot, as shown in
Fig.6.
On the 100mV/cm range, though,
the 3~30pF compensation capacitor
was shorted out by the range selection switch, and could no longer
apply the overcompensation that was
masking the calibration pot’s under-
compensation, as shown in Fig.7.
I dislike ‘fixing’ other peoples’
designs, but I decided to add a compensating trimmer across the pot, from
its top connection to the wiper, as
shown in Fig.8. After adjusting that,
Scope 3: the stair-step on its own CRT.
Scope 4: a colour bar waveform.
Scope 2: after adding a calibration resistor and compensation capacitor, the oscilloscope was finally producing a proper
stair-step display on all ranges. Scopes 1 & 2 also confirm, being from a much better-performing instrument, that (i) the asbuilt RTV&H scope did not fully resolve the issue of the input circuit’s design regarding frequency response, and (ii) when
corrected, the input circuit - and the entire instrument - did work correctly. The final screenshots from the RTV&H screen
(Scopes 3 & 4) confirm the RTV&H’s correct operation as a complete instrument.
102
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Table 1 – Test point readings
Test point Peak-to-peak
I got a proper stair-step display on all
ranges, shown in Scope 2.
In hindsight, it would have been
possible to accept the input signal
directly to V1A’s grid and perform gain
calibration by adjusting the cathode-
to-cathode coupling of the long-tailed
pair input stage. That is how the companion horizontal amplifier is calibrated.
The CRT on the working set showed
a strangely shaped ‘black hole’ around
the middle of the screen.
Being irregular, I wasn’t sure if it
was screen burn-in, so I’ll leave it
with the screen filled by an unsynchronised display to see if it self-heals
somehow.
The restored ‘scope also lacked a
proper engraved graticule and dial
illumination lamps (despite having
the pot installed), so I pinched them
from the busbar version.
I’ve previously covered the hazards
of unsecured mains cords, and both
of these units were offenders. Putting
a cord anchor into the chassis may
demand enlarging the cord hole in the
chassis. Using an ordinary drill or a
file can risk damaging under-chassis
components.
In this case, using a stepped drill
bit with a cordless driver gives you
complete control over your work –
mains-powered drills can take too
long to spin down if anything goes
wrong.
A few other bits and bobs
How good is it?
We have a saying in the restoration
world: “Buy two, get one working”.
After my ‘tweak’, I was now able
to display a PAL stair-step (greyscale)
V1A G1 100mV
V1A anode 1.2V
V2A anode 30V
V2B cathode 30V
V5A G1 4.5V
V5A anode 25V
V7 G1 150mV
V7 G2 15V
V7 G3 5V
V7 anode 13V
waveform easily (Scope 2), the colour
bar waveform (Scope 4), and the horizontal sync period.
These three are complex, high-
frequency waveforms with a lot of
high-frequency content, multiple voltage steps from 0V to 1V and narrow
pulse widths. As such, they are good
tests of vertical amplifier bandwidth,
linearity, and timebase synchronisation and stability.
The blurriness of Scope 3 & Scope
4 is more due to my photography than
the instrument itself; in use, the display is much more crisp.
Voltage readings
If you are lucky enough to acquire
one of these instruments, I have added
my DC analysis to the circuit diagram,
Fig.1. The test point readings in Table
1 should also help with checking and
calibration.
Purchasing advice
I already have a complete test bench,
but if you see one of these, why not
grab it? You’ll have an example of classic Aussie design that’s still highly
usable. And it’ll fit just about any service bench!
A top view of the oscilloscope chassis. Different units will vary somewhat
depending on how the individual constructor has gone about doing things.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 103
More details on valve-based oscilloscopes by Ian Batty
A basic thyratron-based timebase circuit is shown in Fig.9. HT is applied to the
circuit via two resistors, VR2 & R3. Together
with the selected timing capacitor (C3C5), these form the timing circuit. Note
the small circle inside the valve’s symbol,
denoting a gas-filled valve.
The bias voltage (applied to the grid
via R1) sets the thyratron’s strike voltage,
restricting the maximum charging voltage
of C3-C5. This uses the most linear part
of the exponential charging curve, giving
an acceptably linear sweep on the oscilloscope screen. More on that later.
With no synchronising input, the circuit
oscillates at a frequency determined by the
selected ‘coarse’ timing capacitor (C3-C5)
and the ‘fine’ variable resistor (VR2) in the
anode supply circuit. The displayed waveform will drift across the oscilloscope
screen in the absence of synchronising
pulses.
The thyratron is cut off during the
positive-going sweep period as the timing
capacitor is charging, and only conducts
during the negative-going “flyback” period.
Applying synchronising pulses will force
the thyratron to go into conduction early.
As a result, the sweep frequency will
match the incoming synchronising pulses,
as long as it is set to run a bit too slow in the
‘free running’ mode. The displayed waveform will appear stationary on the screen.
Thyratron behaviour
The thyratron (‘door valve’) is a thermionic triode filled with low-pressure gas;
hydrogen is commonly used in low-power
tubes. When power is applied to the heater,
we get the usual space charge cloud of
electrons surrounding the cathode. If the
grid is made negative to the point of cutoff,
the space charge will be confined between
the grid and the cathode.
No current flows if voltage is applied to
the anode as the valve is held in cutoff. So
far, the thyratron is no different from any
other vacuum triode.
If the grid becomes less negative and
voltage is applied to the anode, some
electrons will pass through the grid and
travel to the anode. This is also what we
expect, but in doing so, they collide with
hydrogen atoms. If the collisions are sufficiently energetic, some hydrogen atoms
will become ionised, splitting into negative ions (electrons) and positive ions (the
nuclei of the atoms).
We now have a stream of electrons
heading for the anode: the original electrons emitted from the cathode, augmented by the negative ions liberated from
the hydrogen atoms. There is also a corresponding stream of positive ions heading
for the cathode. As the positive ions enter
the cathode’s space charge, they absorb
space charge electrons and become neutral atoms.
This ion-electron absorption destroys
the space charge. Remember that it’s the
space charge that limits the maximum
current in any vacuum triode; it creates a
high internal resistance between the cathode and the anode. Removing that space
charge means that the valve’s internal
resistance falls dramatically.
The conducting thyratron can pass very
high currents with a voltage drop as low
as 15V. Large versions, used in high-power
radar sets, could switch up to 40MW!
Once conducting, the thyratron cannot
be switched off by grid voltage. This can
only be achieved by reversing the anode
voltage polarity or taking it below the ‘keepalive’ (sustaining) voltage. Readers may
recognise a similar action in the Thyristor/
SCR (silicon-controlled rectifier).
Linearisation
The charging curve for a series RC circuit (Fig.10) is clearly exponential over five
time constants.
The grid bias voltage controls a thyratron’s striking voltage as the anode goes
positive. Setting the grid bias to, say, -30V
allows a small amount of the space charge
Fig.9: how a thyratron
can be made to generate
an almost linear ramp
waveform with an
adjustable frequency.
104
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
to penetrate the grid wires and stream
towards the anode.
This electron stream must be highly
energetic to cause ionisation, so such a
grid voltage would prevent a type 884 (as
used in R&H designs) from striking until its
anode voltage reached some 300V.
Dropping the grid bias to around -11V
allows the type 884 to strike at just 100V.
Now we can use a 400V supply and set
the grid bias to -11V. This sets the anode
strike voltage to 100V, and the valve will
extinguish when the anode voltage falls
to +15V, using just 85V of the potential
400V of charge.
The resulting RC curve looks like Fig.11;
it appears to show a linear ramp. Close
examination reveals some non-linearity,
but such a timebase waveform would be
adequate for servicing audio and other
common equipment.
The thyratron has a particular deionisation period. It must expire before the valve
can be made active again; typical times are
in the low to high tens of microseconds.
The type 884, used in R&H’s designs,
could oscillate up to around 100kHz.
While its lowest frequency could be set
to a period of seconds, oscilloscope timebases worked fine with a minimum frequency of 20Hz.
The R&H timebases were modelled on
the RCA data sheet for the type 884. This
design offered a continuously variable frequency ratio of 3:1. This demanded seven
switched ranges (with some overlap) to
cover 20Hz to 114kHz – see https://frank.
pocnet.net/sheets/049/8/884.pdf
Wideband amplifiers
A wideband amplifier’s high-frequency
response is mainly limited by circuit capacitances. The capacitances we can be certain of are the stage’s own output capacitance and the input capacitance of the following stage. For the 6BL8 pentode driving
its triode, we get 3.8pF + 2.5pF = 6.3pF.
That doesn’t sound like much, but that
is a reactance of only about 7kΩ at the
oscilloscope’s top end of 3.5MHz. With the
6BL8 pentode 10kΩ load resistor, the gain
will be reduced by about 60% by 3.5MHz
(about -8dB). Such a circuit would have a
-3dB point of only about 1MHz.
The simplest fix is to increase the
stage’s load resistance with frequency.
Since XL=2π × f × L, a suitable ‘peaking’
inductor (560μH in series with the 10kΩ
anode load) will work just fine, as shown in
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.10: a standard capacitor charging curve with a resistor limiting the
current.
Fig.12. This is the most common method
used.
The simplified circuit omits all biasing.
V1’s anode load comprises the usual load
resistor (R2) and the peaking/compensating inductor, L1. V1’s output capacitance
and V2’s input capacitance are lumped
together.
It’s also possible to use a cathode
resistor bypassed by a low-value capacitor. Let’s say the cathode resistor is 470Ω
and we shunt it with a 330pF capacitor. At
low frequencies, the cathode circuit will
appear purely resistive, applying degenerative feedback to reduce the stage’s
potential gain.
At around 1MHz, the capacitive reactance will be about equal to the cathode
resistor’s resistance, and the stage gain
will be increased to counteract the effect
of valve capacitances.
Fig.11: the thyratron charges a capacitor over a smaller
portion of the curve, with the result being almost linear.
Fig.13 shows a nominal amplifier’s
high-frequency response from zero compensation (Lp = 0, no inductance) to an
inductor with a reactance equal to the circuit capacitance (Lp = C1 × Rp2), where
Rp is the total plate (anode) resistance.
The circuit can become resonant, as
the pronounced peak for the Lp = C1 × Rp2
curve shows. However, the stage’s load
resistor strongly damps the circuit. Such a
level of compensation is rarely used, as the
excessive high-frequency response causes
ringing on rising and falling transitions and
creates undesirable phase errors.
Notice that an inductor value of Lp =
0.5 × C1 × Rp2 gives an acceptably flat
response and triples the upper -3dB point
frequency (a gain of 0.7071; from f ÷ f1 =
1.0 to f ÷ f1 > 3).
Conclusion & further reading
Wideband amplifier design is complicated, but many texts on Radar and Television treat the matter thoroughly. The
most authoritative source is the MIT RadLabs series, compiled at the end of WWII,
to ensure their groundbreaking wartime
work would be preserved.
I was going to state, “they wrote the
book”, but they actually wrote 27 books,
available as PDFs from www.febo.com/
pages/docs/RadLab/
An extensive mathematical treatment of
wideband amplifiers appears in Volume 18
of Vacuum Tube Amplifiers.
For a basic description, consider reading Zworykin, V. K. & Morton, G. (1954) Television (2nd edition), John Wiley & Sons/
SC
Chapman & Hall.
Fig.12 (above): the roll-off in response due
to unwanted capacitance in a wideband
amplifier can be compensated for by a choke
in series with the anode resistor.
Fig.13 (right): a nominal wideband
amplifier’s frequency response with no
choke (green) and three chokes of different
values. The red curve is as close to flat as
can reasonably be achieved.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 105
SILICON
CHIP
.com.au/shop
ONLINESHOP
HOW TO ORDER
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5:00 AET, Mon-Fri)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
PO Box 194, MATRAVILLE, NSW 2036
(02) 9939 3295, +612 for international
You can also pay by cheque/money order (Orders by mail only) or bank transfer. Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip.
05/24
YES! You can also order or renew your Silicon Chip subscription via any of these methods as well!
The best benefit, apart from the magazine? Subscribers get a 10% discount on all orders for parts.
PRE-PROGRAMMED MICROS
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/9
$10 MICROS
$15 MICROS
24LC32A-I/SN
ATmega328P
Digital FX Unit (Apr21)
Si473x FM/AM/SW Digital Radio (Jul21), 110dB RF Attenuator (Jul22)
Basic RF Signal Generator (Jun23)
ATmega328P-AUR RGB Stackable LED Christmas Star (Nov20)
ATtiny45-20PU
2m VHF CW/FM Test Generator (Oct23)
ATtiny85V-10PU Shirt Pocket Audio Oscillator (Sep20)
PIC10LF322-I/OT Range Extender IR-to-UHF (Jan22)
PIC12F1572-I/SN LED Christmas Ornaments (Nov20; versions), Nano TV Pong (Aug21)
PIC12F617-I/P
Active Mains Soft Starter (Feb23), Model Railway Uncoupler (Jul23)
PIC12F617-I/SN
Model Railway Carriage Lights (Nov21)
PIC12F675-I/P
Train Chuff Sound Generator (Oct22)
PIC16F1455-I/P
Auto Train Controller (Oct22), GPS Disciplined Oscillator (May23)
Railway Points Controller Transmitter / Receiver (2 versions; Feb24)
PIC16LF1455-I/P New GPS-Synchronised Analog Clock (Sep22)
PIC16F1459-I/P
Cooling Fan Controller (Feb22), Remote Mains Switch (RX, Jul22)
K-Type Thermostat (Nov23), Secure Remote Switch (RX, Dec23)
Mains Power-Up Sequencer (Feb24)
PIC16F1459-I/SO Multimeter Calibrator (Jul22), Buck/Boost Charger Adaptor (Oct22)
PIC16F15214-I/SN Tiny LED Icicle (Nov22), Digital Volume Control Pot (SMD; Mar23)
Silicon Chirp Cricket (Apr23)
PIC16F15214-I/P Digital Volume Control Pot (through-hole; Mar23)
PIC16F15224-I/SL Multi-Channel Volume Control (OLED Module; Dec23)
PIC16F1705-I/P
Digital Lighting Controller Translator (Dec21)
PIC16F18146-I/SO Volume Control (Control Module, Dec23), Coin Cell Emulator (Dec23)
PIC16LF15323-I/SL Remote Mains Switch (TX, Jul22), Secure Remote Switch (TX, Dec23)
W27C020
Noughts & Crosses Computer (Jan23)
ATSAML10E16A-AUT
PIC16F18877-I/P
PIC16F18877-I/PT
High-Current Battery Balancer (Mar21)
USB Cable Tester (Nov21)
Dual-Channel Breadboard PSU Display Adaptor (Dec22)
Wideband Fuel Mixture Display (WFMD; Apr23)
PIC16F88-I/P
Battery Charge Controller (Jun22), Railway Semaphore (Apr22)
PIC24FJ256GA702-I/SS
Ohmmeter (Aug22), Advanced SMD Test Tweezers (Feb23)
PIC32MM0256GPM028-I/SS Super Digital Sound Effects (Aug18)
PIC32MX170F256D-501P/T 44-pin Micromite Mk2 (Aug14), 4DoF Simulation Seat (Sep19)
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SP Micromite LCD BackPack V1-V3 (Feb16 / May17 / Aug19)
RCL Box (Jun20), Digital Lighting Controller Micromite Master (Nov20)
Advanced GPS Computer (Jun21), Touchscreen Digital Preamp (Sep21)
PIC32MX170F256B-I/SO
Battery Multi Logger (Feb21), Battery Manager BackPack (Aug21)
PIC32MX270F256B-50I/SP ASCII Video Terminal (Jul14), USB M&K Adaptor (Feb19)
$20 MICROS
ATmega32U4
ATmega644PA-AU
Wii Nunchuk RGB Light Driver (Mar24)
AM-FM DDS Signal Generator (May22)
$25 MICROS
dsPIC33FJ64MC802-E/SP 1.5kW Induction Motor Speed Controller (Aug13)
PIC32MX470F512H-I/PT
Stereo Echo/Reverb (Feb 14), Digital Effects Unit (Oct14)
PIC32MX470F512H-120/PT Micromite Explore 64 (Aug 16), Micromite Plus (Nov16)
PIC32MX470F512L-120/PT Micromite Explore 100 (Sep16)
$30 MICROS
PIC32MX695F512H-80I/PT Touchscreen Audio Recorder (Jun14)
PIC32MZ2048EFH064-I/PT DSP Crossover/Equaliser (May19), Low-Distortion DDS (Feb20)
DIY Reflow Oven Controller (Apr20), Dual Hybrid Supply (Feb22)
KITS, SPECIALISED COMPONENTS ETC
WIFI DDS FUNCTION GENERATOR
(MAY 24)
Short-form kit: includes everything except the case, USB cable, power supply,
labels and optional stand. The included Pico W is not programmed (SC6942)
- Optional laser-cut acrylic stand pieces (SC6932)
- 3.5in LCD touchscreen: also available separately (SC5062)
10MHz to 1MHz / 1Hz FREQUENCY DIVIDER (SC6881)
(MAY 24)
PICO GAMER KITS
(APR 24)
ESP-32CAM BACKPACK KIT (SC6886)
(APR 24)
PICO DIGITAL VIDEO TERMINAL (SC6917)
(MAR 24)
MAINS POWER-UP SEQUENCER
(FEB 24)
Complete kit: Includes the PCB and everything that mounts to it,
including the 49.9Ω and 75Ω resistors (see page 38, May24)
$95.00
$7.50
$35.00
$40.00
- SC6911: everything except the case & battery; RP2040+ is pre-programmed
- SC6912: the SC6911 kit, plus the LEDO 6060 resin case
- SC6913: the SC6911 kit, plus a dark grey/black resin case
- 3.2in LCD touchscreen: also available separately (SC6910)
Includes everything to build the BackPack, except the ESP32-CAM module
- 3.5in LCD touchscreen: also available separately (SC5062)
$85.00
$125.00
$140.00
$30.00
$42.50
$35.00
Short-form kit: includes everything except the case; choice of front panel PCB for
Altronics H0190 or H0191. Picos are not programmed (see page 46, Mar24)
$65.00
Hard-to-get parts: includes the PCB, programmed micro, all other semiconductors
and the Fresnel lens bezels (SC6871)
$95.00
Current detection add-on: includes the AC-1010 current transformer,
(P)4KE15CA TVS and MCP6272-E/P op amp (SC6902)
$20.00
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER KIT (SC6784)
(FEB 24)
Includes the standard PCB (01110231) plus all onboard parts, as well as the
switches and mounting hardware. All that’s needed is a case, XLR connectors,
bezel LED and wiring (see page 35, Feb24)
USB TO PS/2 KEYBOARD & MOUSE ADAPTOR
- VGA PicoMite Version Kit: see page 52, January 2024 (SC6861)
- ps2x2pico Version Kit: see page 52, January 2024 (SC6864)
- 6-pin mini-DIN to mini-DIN cable, ~1m long. Two cables are required
if adapting both the keyboard and mouse (SC6869)
(JAN 24)
$70.00
$30.00
$32.50
$10.00
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
COIN CELL EMULATOR (SC6823)
(DEC 23)
MULTI-CHANNEL VOLUME CONTROL
(DEC 23)
SECURE REMOTE SWITCH
(DEC 23)
IDEAL DIODE BRIDGE RECTIFIER
(DEC 23)
MODEM / ROUTER WATCHDOG (SC6827)
(NOV 23)
PICO AUDIO ANALYSER SHORT-FORM KIT (SC6772)
(NOV 23)
PIC PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR KIT (SC6774)
(SEP 23)
CALIBRATED MEASUREMENT MICROPHONE
(AUG 23)
- Kit: Contains all parts and the optional 5-pin header (see page 77, Dec23)
- 1.3in blue OLED (SC5026)
- Control Module kit: see page 68, December 2023 (SC6793)
- Volume Module kit: see page 69, December 2023 (SC6794)
- OLED Module kit: see page 69, December 2023 (SC6795)
- 0.96in SSD1306 cyan OLED (SC6176)
- Receiver short-form kit: see page 43, December 2023 (SC6835)
- Discrete transmitter complete kit: see page 43, December 2023 (SC6836)
- Module transmitter short-form kit: see page 43, December 2023 (SC6837)
- 28mm square spade: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6850)
- 21mm square pin: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6851)
- 5mm pitch SIL: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6852)
- Mini SOT-23: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6853)
- D2PAK SMD: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6854)
- TO-220 through-hole: see page 35, December 2023 (SC6855)
$30.00
$15.00
$50.00
$55.00
$25.00
$10.00
$35.00
$20.00
$15.00
$30.00
$30.00
$30.00
$25.00
$35.00
$45.00
Short-form kit: includes all non-optional parts, plus a 12V relay and unprogrammed
Pi Pico. Does not include a case (see page 71, Nov23)
$35.00
Includes most parts, unprogrammed Pi Pico and OLED screen. The case, battery, chassis
connectors and wires are not included (see page 41, Nov23)
$50.00
Includes all parts, except the optional USB supply (see page 71, Sept23)
SMD version kit: includes the PCB and all onboard components except
the XLR socket. You also need one ECM set (see below) (SC6755)
Through-hole version kit: same as the SMD kit (SC6756)
Calibrated ECM set: includes the mic capsule and compensation components;
see pages 71 & 73, August 2023 issue, for the ECM options (SC6760-5)
*Prices valid for month of magazine issue only. All prices in Australian dollars and include GST where applicable. # Overseas? Place an order on our website for a quote.
$55.00
$22.50
$25.00
$12.50
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS & CASE PIECES
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
TELE-COM INTERCOM
USB CABLE TESTER MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL (GREEN)
MODEL RAILWAY CARRIAGE LIGHTS
HUMMINGBIRD AMPLIFIER
DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLLER TRANSLATOR
SMD TRAINER
8-LED METRONOME
10-LED METRONOME
REMOTE CONTROL RANGE EXTENDER UHF-TO-IR
↳ IR-TO-UHF
6-CHANNEL LOUDSPEAKER PROTECTOR
↳ 4-CHANNEL
FAN CONTROLLER & LOUDSPEAKER PROTECTOR
SOLID STATE TESLA COIL (SET OF 2 PCBs)
REMOTE GATE CONTROLLER
DUAL HYBRID POWER SUPPLY SET (2 REGULATORS)
↳ REGULATOR
↳ FRONT PANEL
↳ CPU
↳ LCD ADAPTOR
↳ ACRYLIC LCD BEZEL
RASPBERRY PI PICO BACKPACK
AMPLIFIER CLIPPING DETECTOR
CAPACITOR DISCHARGE WELDER POWER SUPPLY
↳ CONTROL PCB
↳ ENERGY STORAGE MODULE (ESM) PCB
500W AMPLIFIER
MODEL RAILWAY SEMAPHORE CONTROL PCB
↳ SIGNAL FLAG (RED)
AM-FM DDS SIGNAL GENERATOR
SLOT MACHINE
HIGH-POWER BUCK-BOOST LED DRIVER
ARDUINO PROGRAMMABLE LOAD
SPECTRAL SOUND MIDI SYNTHESISER
REV. UNIVERSAL BATTERY CHARGE CONTROLLER
VGA PICOMITE
SECURE REMOTE MAINS SWITCH RECEIVER
↳ TRANSMITTER (1.0MM THICKNESS)
MULTIMETER CALIBRATOR
110dB RF ATTENUATOR
WIDE-RANGE OHMMETER
WiFi PROGRAMMABLE DC LOAD MAIN PCB
↳ DAUGHTER BOARD
↳ CONTROL BOARD
MINI LED DRIVER
NEW GPS-SYNCHRONISED ANALOG CLOCK
BUCK/BOOST CHARGER ADAPTOR
AUTO TRAIN CONTROLLER
↳ TRAIN CHUFF SOUND GENERATOR
PIC16F18xxx BREAKOUT BOARD (DIP-VERSION)
↳ SOIC-VERSION
AVR64DD32 BREAKOUT BOARD
LC METER MK3
↳ ADAPTOR BOARD
DC TRANSIENT SUPPLY FILTER
TINY LED ICICLE (WHITE)
DUAL-CHANNEL BREADBOARD PSU
↳ DISPLAY BOARD
DIGITAL BOOST REGULATOR
ACTIVE MONITOR SPEAKERS POWER SUPPLY
PICO W BACKPACK
Q METER MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
NOUGHTS & CROSSES COMPUTER GAME BOARD
↳ COMPUTE BOARD
ACTIVE MAINS SOFT STARTER
ADVANCED SMD TEST TWEEZERS SET
DIGITAL VOLUME CONTROL POT (SMD VERSION)
↳ THROUGH-HOLE VERSION
MODEL RAILWAY TURNTABLE CONTROL PCB
↳ CONTACT PCB (GOLD-PLATED)
WIDEBAND FUEL MIXTURE DISPLAY (BLUE)
DATE
OCT21
NOV21
NOV21
NOV21
DEC21
DEC21
DEC21
JAN22
JAN22
JAN22
JAN22
JAN22
JAN22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
FEB22
MAR22
MAR22
MAR22
MAR22
MAR22
APR22
APR22
APR22
MAY22
MAY22
JUN22
JUN22
JUN22
JUN22
JUL22
JUL22
JUL22
JUL22
JUL22
AUG22
SEP22
SEP22
SEP22
SEP22
SEP22
OCT22
OCT22
OCT22
OCT22
OCT22
OCT22
NOV22
NOV22
NOV22
NOV22
DEC22
DEC22
DEC22
DEC22
JAN23
JAN23
JAN23
JAN23
JAN23
FEB23
FEB23
MAR23
MAR23
MAR23
MAR23
APR23
PCB CODE
12110121
04108211
04108212
09109211
01111211
16110206
29106211
23111211
23111212
15109211
15109212
01101221
01101222
01102221
26112211/2
11009121
SC6204
18107211
18107212
01106193
01106196
SC6309
07101221
01112211
29103221
29103222
29103223
01107021
09103221
09103222
CSE211002
08105221
16103221
04105221
01106221
04107192
07107221
10109211
10109212
04107221
CSE211003
04109221
04108221
04108222
18104212
16106221
19109221
14108221
09109221
09109222
24110222
24110225
24110223
CSE220503C
CSE200603
08108221
16111192
04112221
04112222
24110224
01112221
07101221
CSE220701
CSE220704
08111221
08111222
10110221
04106221/2
01101231
01101232
09103231
09103232
05104231
Price
$30.00
$7.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$20.00
$25.00
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$25.00
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$12.50
$12.50
$10.00
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$10.00
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/8
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
TEST BENCH SWISS ARMY KNIFE (BLUE)
SILICON CHIRP CRICKET
GPS DISCIPLINED OSCILLATOR
SONGBIRD (RED, GREEN, PURPLE or YELLOW)
DUAL RF AMPLIFIER (GREEN or BLUE)
LOUDSPEAKER TESTING JIG
BASIC RF SIGNAL GENERATOR (AD9834)
↳ FRONT PANEL
V6295 VIBRATOR REPLACEMENT PCB SET
DYNAMIC RFID / NFC TAG (SMALL, PURPLE)
↳ NFC TAG (LARGE, BLACK)
RECIPROCAL FREQUENCY COUNTER MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
PI PICO-BASED THERMAL CAMERA
MODEL RAILWAY UNCOUPLER
MOSFET VIBRATOR REPLACEMENT
ARDUINO ESR METER (STANDALONE VERSION)
↳ COMBINED VERSION WITH LC METER
WATERING SYSTEM CONTROLLER
SALAD BOWL SPEAKER CROSSOVER
PIC PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
REVISED 30V 2A BENCH SUPPLY MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL CONTROL PCB
↳ VOLTAGE INVERTER / DOUBLER
2M VHF CW/FM TEST GENERATOR
TQFP-32 PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
↳ TQFP-44
↳ TQFP-48
↳ TQFP-64
K-TYPE THERMOMETER / THERMOSTAT (SET; RED)
PICO AUDIO ANALYSER (BLACK)
MODEM / ROUTER WATCHDOG (BLUE)
DISCRETE MICROAMP LED FLASHER
MAGNETIC LEVITATION DEMONSTRATION
MULTI-CHANNEL VOLUME CONTROL: VOLUME PCB
↳ CONTROL PCB
↳ OLED PCB
SECURE REMOTE SWITCH RECEIVER
↳ TRANSMITTER (MODULE VERSION)
↳ TRANSMITTER (DISCRETE VERSION
COIN CELL EMULATOR (BLACK)
IDEAL BRIDGE RECTIFIER, 28mm SQUARE SPADE
↳ 21mm SQUARE PIN
↳ 5mm PITCH SIL
↳ MINI SOT-23
↳ STANDALONE D2PAK SMD
↳ STANDALONE TO-220 (70μm COPPER)
RASPBERRY PI CLOCK RADIO MAIN PCB
↳ DISPLAY PCB
KEYBOARD ADAPTOR (VGA PICOMITE)
↳ PS2X2PICO VERSION
MAINS POWER-UP SEQUENCER
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER
↳ EMBEDDED VERSION
RAILWAY POINTS CONTROLLER TRANSMITTER
↳ RECEIVER
LASER COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER
↳ RECEIVER
PICO DIGITAL VIDEO TERMINAL
↳ FRONT PANEL FOR ALTRONICS H0190 (BLACK)
↳ FRONT PANEL FOR ALTRONICS H0191 (BLACK)
WII NUNCHUK RGB LIGHT DRIVER (BLACK)
ARDUINO FOR ARDUINIANS (PACK OF SIX PCBS)
↳ PROJECT 27 PCB
CALIBRATED MEASUREMENT MICROPHONE (SMD)
↳ THROUGH-HOLE VERSION
SKILL TESTER 9000
PICO GAMER
ESP32-CAM BACKPACK
DATE
APR23
APR23
MAY23
MAY23
MAY23
JUN23
JUN23
JUN23
JUN23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
SEP23
SEP23
SEP23
OCT22
SEP23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
JAN24
JAN24
JAN24
JAN24
FEB24
FEB24
FEB24
FEB24
FEB24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
AUG23
AUG23
APR24
APR24
APR24
PCB CODE
04110221
08101231
04103231
08103231
CSE220602A
04106231
CSE221001
CSE220902B
18105231/2
06101231
06101232
CSE230101C
CSE230102
04105231
09105231
18106231
04106181
04106182
15110231
01109231
24105231
04105223
04105222
04107222
06107231
24108231
24108232
24108233
24108234
04108231/2
04107231
10111231
SC6868
SC6866
01111221
01111222
01111223
10109231
10109232
10109233
18101231
18101241
18101242
18101243
18101244
18101245
18101246
19101241
19101242
07111231
07111232
10108231
01110231
01110232
09101241
09101242
16102241
16102242
07112231
07112232
07112233
16103241
SC6903
SC6904
01108231
01108232
08101241
08104241
07102241
Price
$10.00
$5.00
$5.00
$4.00
$2.50
$12.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$1.50
$4.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$7.50
$12.50
$10.00
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$3.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.00
$2.00
$2.00
$1.00
$3.00
$5.00
$12.50
$7.50
$2.50
$2.50
$12.50
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$20.00
$20.00
$7.50
$2.50
$2.50
$15.00
$10.00
$5.00
WIFI DDS FUNCTION GENERATOR
10MHz to 1MHz / 1Hz FREQUENCY DIVIDER (BLUE)
FAN SPEED CONTROLLER MK2
MAY24
MAY24
MAY24
04104241
04112231
10104241
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
NEW PCBs
We also sell the Silicon Chip PDFs on USB, RTV&H USB, Vintage Radio USB and more at siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Send your email to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
How to locate pin 1 of
an IC
I just started to assemble my kit
and fell at the first hurdle. I can’t
decipher where pin 1 is located on
the MAX31855. I am used to a more
defined indent for pin 1. There is a
+ sign printed on one corner and a
minuscule dot printed on the other
corner. The data sheet says that the + is
pin 1, but it seems to be in the ‘wrong’
corner. Can you please enlighten me?
(D. C., Beachmere, Qld)
● If you look at the IC end-on, you
should see thaat one edge is bevelled.
For SOIC and TSSOP packages, pin 1
is on the side with the bevelled edge.
For the MAX31855, the leftmost pin
on that row is pin 1. See the accompanying image for more details.
could use them if they had a red light
instead of a relay. I don’t need all the
switching gear, just a light to indicate
if the exhaust gas is too hot. Would
there be much involved in changing
the circuit to do that? It looks as if all
that is needed is a rewire around the
transistor that operates the relay.
Based on the article, I should be able
to use the existing software to illuminate LEDs to give me a mixture indication. (P. A., Yinnar, Vic)
● Yes, if the relay coil is replaced
by one LED with a series resistor to
limit the current, it would light when
the relay transistor is switched on.
That way, you can observe the over- or
under-temperature threshold, depending on the setup. Alternatively, if the
relay is left on the PCB, the NO and
COM contacts can switch power to the
LED and series resistor.
Typically, with a 12V supply, the
LED series resistor would be 1kW.
Digital Potentiometer
remote control codes
K-type Thermostats for
tuning motorbikes
I have just finished reading the article in the November 2023 issue on the
K-type Thermocouple/Thermostat
(siliconchip.au/Article/16013). I run
a small business tuning two-stroke
motorcycles. It is much easier to tune
these bikes when you have an idea of
the exhaust gas temperature.
Have you, or could you, publish a
similar design with two or more channels that can log the results against the
throttle position measured by a potentiometer? It would not be too hard to
rig up a pot to do that, or perhaps you
have a better idea.
If I buy a couple of your kits and
stack them above the tachometer, I
108
Silicon Chip
I have built three SMD versions of
the Digital Potentiometer project by
Phil Prosser (March 2023; siliconchip.
au/Article/15693). Two replaced motorised volume controls that developed
flakey rivet tabs, as others have experienced, while the third replaced a
manual (ugh) volume pot.
Two are now in sufficient proximity to require different infrared remote
settings. According to the article,
the option to reset the default RC5
code from “Philips TV” to “Philips
Receiver” is performed by grounding
the CS pin at power on and then powering off. So far, so good.
My problem is that the recommended Universal Remote Control’s
code lists do not offer an equipment
type called “Philips Receiver”. There
are codes for Philips SAT, DVD, AUX,
CD, and DVR – dozens of them! I tried
a few and gave up since there were
so many. So, I decided to seek clarification.
Can you provide me with some hints
Australia's electronics magazine
for selecting the correct equipment category or remote control codes that will
work with both Altronics (Dynalink)
A1012 Universal remotes, either the
newer 4-digit code or the older 3-digit
one? I have both.
Many thanks for a great magazine.
(R. M., Ivanhoe, Vic)
● Phil Prosser responds: I used
several remotes in development,
including an Altronics A1012A. I programmed it with the following codes:
“TV”: 0088, 0154, 0169 and others
“AUX”: 0734, 0846, 0727 and others
I also tested a “one for all” remote
on “TV” code 0556 and “RCVR/AMP”
code 1269.
The easiest way to find valid codes
is to plug the IR Activity header into
the programming port and watch for
the LED to light up when you press
buttons on the remote. Flashing will
indicate that valid IR codes are being
received.
For the A1012A to produce the
“Receiver” codes, select AUX (the
lower right blue button on the remote).
Remember that if you change between
a TV code and an AUX code, you need
to press the blue TV or blue AUX button on the remote so it sends the TV
or AUX codes, respectively.
I have used this a fair bit, so I expect
it will work for you. I tried those three
codes in the article before I got bored
of reprogramming the remote, hence
my comment “and others”.
How are circuit ground
connections made?
I have recently been reading some
old Silicon Chip magazines and have
a question. For the components in a
circuit diagram connected to a ground
symbol, do you have to wire it so that
all the ground symbols in the circuit
go back to the negative side of the battery, or do you connect all the grounds
together first, then to the battery?
(Danny, via email)
● The ground symbols are just a
way of showing that all these points
are ultimately joined. Without them,
siliconchip.com.au
lines would run all over the circuit,
connecting all those points, making
it difficult to follow. These points are
joined on the PCB, so you don’t need
to connect each separately.
Designing the ground connections
on a circuit board can be an art, but
it really depends on the circuit. In
some cases, such as with low-speed
digital circuits, it doesn’t matter how
you join them. You could, as you say,
bring them all back to the battery or
power supply negative separately, or
you could connect them all together
first, or you could take a mix of those
approaches.
However, it does matter how you
connect analog or high-speed digital
circuits. The main reason for that is
that when the ground current from one
device joints the ground current from
another device on the same track, it
shifts the ground point that those parts
‘see’ or are referenced to.
That can cause undesirable things
to happen, like digital noise becoming
audible in analog audio signals or even
errors in digital data communication
due to spikes from one or many gates
switching simultaneously being superimposed on signals from other gates.
Various approaches are used to handle these cases: a single large copper
ground plane, multiple ground planes
joined in various ways, star grounding,
separate analog and digital grounds
joined at specific points and so on.
Unfortunately, this is a case where the
circuit diagram tends to oversimplify
the situation; we can’t easily explain
all the nuances here!
SC200 vs Hummingbird
based audio amplifier
I want to build a stereo Class-AB
amplifier, and I am interested in both
your 200W SC200 Amplifier modules
(January-March 2017; siliconchip.au/
Series/308) and Hummingbird 100W
modules (December 2021; siliconchip.
au/Article/15126). This is probably a
tricky question to answer, but do you
consider one better than the other for
audio use?
I realise they have different power
outputs, frequency responses and distortion figures, but I am still unsure
which would be best. The speakers
I want to use with the chosen modules are 4W types that require around
75-100W. If you don’t think there is
much difference in sound/quality
between the two different modules, I
will probably go with the SC200s. (S.
W., via email)
● They are both good amplifiers;
there are a few considerations when
deciding between them.
1. The power required. Both amplifiers should deliver enough power for
you, although the Hummingbird will
be operating at its limit (which is fine,
as long as you don’t run into clipping).
2. Cost and effort. The Hummingbird modules cost a little less and are
a little easier to build (mainly because
of less heatsink drilling etc).
3. Distortion. It depends on what
output devices you use for the Hummingbird. Unfortunately, we didn’t
give 4W performance for the Hummingbird in the article. Both are good
amplifiers, but the SC200 performs better at higher power levels. For example, at 40W into 8W, it’s well below
0.001% THD+N at 10kHz, while the
Hummingbird graph shows 0.006%
THD at 10kHz for 36W.
It isn’t easy to make a direct comparison, but we feel that the SC200 is
generally superior. It will be nowhere
near its limits when delivering 100W
Songbird
An easy-to-build project
that is perfect as a gift.
SC6633 ($30 plus postage): Songbird Kit
Choose from one of four colours for the PCB (purple, green, yellow or red). The kit includes nearly all
parts, plus the piezo buzzer, 3D-printed piezo mount and switched battery box (base/stand not
included). See the May 2023 issue for details: siliconchip.au/Article/15785
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 109
into 4W and it also will be well within
the distortion sweet spot.
However, the SC200 module is quite
a bit bigger and a little more time-
consuming to build than the Hummingbird. The SC200 is also slightly
more expensive to build, needing
larger heatsinks etc.
The compact size of the Hummingbird does compromise its performance
somewhat, mainly at higher frequencies and higher power levels. It will
perform well, but not as well as the
SC200. So, if you’re willing to put
the money and effort into building
the SC200-based amplifier, it will be
worthwhile.
Altronics sells kits for the SC200
(K5157) and Hummingbird (K5158)
modules. We have a pack of parts to
help build the SC200 available from
siliconchip.au/Shop/20/4140
We can also supply the PCBs:
siliconchip.au/Shop/8/4135
siliconchip.au/Shop/8/716
Preamp with tape and
phono inputs wanted
I intend to build an audio system
based on the Hummingbird amplifier
modules (December 2021; siliconchip.
au/Article/15126). The only preamp
I can find with the older phono, cassette, tuner and aux style inputs is the
Low-Noise Universal Stereo Preamplifier from April 1994 (siliconchip.au/
Article/5284). What feedback values
would I use for aux and tuner inputs?
I would appreciate any alternative preamp options that you may offer. (I. T.,
Blacktown, NSW)
● The April 1994 Universal Preamplifier is probably your best choice for
a preamp with phono, cassette, tuner
and auxiliary inputs. We don’t have
anything more recent that would suit
all those different sources.
A gain of around 3.3 times should
be suitable for the auxiliary and tuner
inputs. R3 and C3 should be left off.
R1 would be a 0W wire link, with C2
as 1nF. Use a 470W resistor for R4 and
a 1kW resistor for R2. If more gain is
needed, use a lower value for R4, down
to a minimum of 200W.
You could also use the Ultra Low
Noise Stereo Preamp (March & April
2019; siliconchip.au/Series/333) with
the Six-way Stereo Audio Input Selector (September 2019; siliconchip.au/
Article/11917). You could then add the
RIAA, cassette, tuner and aux input
110
Silicon Chip
Multimeter burden voltage is affecting readings
You previously suggested I use a 1kW 0.1% resistor instead of 100W to convert the
accurate 1V AC source to a 1mA alternating current for calibrating my multimeter,
although I forget why you said to do that rather than using the 100W 0.1% resistor
mentioned in the original Multimeter Calibrator article (July 2022; siliconchip.au/
Article/15377).
I got a 1kW 0.1% resistor, which measured 999.5W. I tested this idea using my
Keysight U1282A with the 1V source and 1kW resistor and got a reading of 0.89mA
but it should be 1mA according to Ohm’s Law (I = V ÷ R). Other meters gave a
similar reading.
So I decided to use a 10kW 0.1% resistor instead, which measured 10.004kW,
and got a reading of 100.3μA (it should be 100μA according to Ohm’s Law). I have
tested this on three meters and got similar readings, although they varied over time.
Finally, my meter’s ohms range accuracy is specified as 0.5% + 2 digits. What
does that mean? (R. M., Melville, WA)
● We suggested you use a 1kW resistor instead of 100W because there was
some question about whether the op amp in the Multimeter Calibrator could supply
the 14mA peak current required to calibrate your multimeter with 10mA AC. The
1kW resistor demands a much lower peak current of 1.4mA.
According to the Keysight U1282A data sheet, it has a burden resistance of
50W on the ranges you would use for that 1mA measurement. Adding that to the
nominal 1kW and 10kW values goes a long way to explaining the difference between
your measurements and your calculated currents, since the burden resistance is
effectively in series with the shunt resistor.
If you repeat the calculations, adding the 50W burden resistance to the precision
resistor value, then calibrate the DMM for the expected values, it should be accurate.
You might want to verify the actual burden resistance using another accurate
multimeter in resistance measurement mode.
The 0.5% plus two digits accuracy figure means that the error in the multimeter
reading could be 0.5% of the value being read, plus an error amount that depends
on its current range.
For example, if you measure ohms with a single decimal place (33.0W), the
maximum error is 33W × 0.5% + 0.2W = ±0.365W. If you were measuring instead with
two decimal places (33.00W), the error would be 33W × 0.5% + 0.02W = ±0.185W.
In other words, the percentage error is relative to the resistance being measured,
while the digits error figure is relative to the display itself.
preamplifiers from the April 1994
design to the Input Selector inputs.
Sound generator for
tinnitus sufferers
Recently there has been some discussion on the benefits of going to
sleep and sleeping with different
‘colours’ of sound, especially for those
who suffer from tinnitus (as I do). I
have heard that such noises are available through Alexa on your phone etc.
Has there ever been an article or
project in your magazine about building a sound machine to duplicate the
frequencies associated with the different ‘colours’, eg, white, pink, green,
brown, and various others? (J. D., Mt
Barker, SA)
● Our November 2018 project,
the “Insomnia and Tinnitus Killer”,
can produce white or pink noise and
should help with tinnitus: siliconchip.
au/Article/11308
Australia's electronics magazine
Which amplifier to
build?
I want to build a stereo amplifier.
I’ve been looking at the Ultra-LD Mk.4
(August & September 2015 issues;
siliconchip.au/Series/289), but I am
not sure about the availability of the
output transistors. Would you still recommend building that circuit/project,
or is there a better option? (D. A., Mooroopna, Vic)
● If you want the best amplifier,
you should build either the Ultra-LD
Mk.3 or Mk.4. The Mk.4 is marginally
better if you are comfortable working
with SMDs.
The NJL3281D and NJL1302D output
transistors have been replaced with the
equivalent lead-free NJL3281DG and
NJL1302DG. However, Jaycar still has
stock of the original transistors in some
of their stores, so that is probably your
best option. If your local store doesn’t
continued on page 112
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Advertise your product or services here in Silicon Chip
KIT ASSEMBLY & REPAIR
FOR SALE
DAVE THOMPSON
(the Serviceman from
Silicon Chip) is available to help you with
kit assembly, project
troubleshooting, general electronics and
custom design work.
No job too small. Based in Christchurch,
New Zealand, but service available Australia/NZ wide.
Email dave<at>davethompson.co.nz
LEDsales
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith: 0409 662 794
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
PCB PRODUCTION
PCB MANUFACTURE: single to multilayer. Bare board tested. One-offs to
any quantity. 48 hour service. Artwork
design. Excellent prices. Check out our
specials: www.ldelectronics.com.au
FOR SALE
LEDs and accessories
for the DIY enthusiast
LEDs, BRAND NAME AND GENERIC
LEDs. Heatsinks, LED drivers, power
supplies, LED ribbon, kits, components,
hardware.
For a full list of the parts we sell,
please visit www.ledsales.com.au
PMD WAY offers (almost) everything
for the electronics enthusiast – with
full warranty, technical support and free
delivery worldwide. Visit pmdway.com
to get started.
Lazer Security SILICON CHIP
For Quality That Counts...
QUALITY COMPONENTS AT GREAT
PRICES. Check out the latest deals
this month. SMD parts and more. Go
to www.lazer.com.au
Silicon Chip Binders
H Each binder holds up to 12 issues
Price: $21.50 plus postage
Available in Australia only.
ASSORTED BOOKS FOR $5 EACH
Electronics and other related subjects –
condition varies. Most of the remaining
books are data sheets. Some of the
books may already have been sold.
See the photos (updated once again
31/01/2024): siliconchip.au/link/
absm
Email for a quote (bulk discount
available), state the number directly
below the photo when referring to a
book: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
ADVERTISING IN MARKET CENTRE
Classified Ad Rates: $32.00 for up to 20 words (punctuation not charged) plus $1.20 for each additional word. Display ads in
Market Centre (minimum 2cm deep, maximum 10cm deep): $82.50 per column centimetre per insertion. All prices include GST.
Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale. To book, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and include your name, address
& credit card details, or phone (02) 9939 3295.
WARNING!
Silicon Chip magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage. All such projects
should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried
out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains AC
voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other high voltages,
you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability for damages should anyone
be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of Silicon Chip magazine.
Devices or circuits described in Silicon Chip may be covered by patents. Silicon Chip disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. Silicon Chip also disclaims any liability for projects
which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Competition & Consumer Act 2010 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
May 2024 111
have them in stock, they may be able to
transfer them from another one.
At the time of writing, Mouser has
the NJL3281DG transistors but DigiKey
and element14 do not. The complementary NJL1302DG transistors are
not in stock with any of those sellers,
but they can be ordered, with delivery
expected in May.
If you aren’t so fussy about sound
quality, the SC200 (January-March
2017; siliconchip.au/Series/308) is
easier to build, has basically the same
power and should still sound good.
We can supply the PCBs and transistors for the SC200, although Altronics
has a complete module kit available
(Cat K5157).
Advertising Index
Altronics..................... 29-32, 51-54
Blackmagic Design....................... 7
Dave Thompson........................ 111
DigiKey Electronics....................... 3
Electronex..................................... 9
Emona Instruments.................. IBC
Hare & Forbes............................. 15
Jaycar..................IFC, 11, 39, 68-69
Keith Rippon Kit Assembly....... 111
Lazer Security........................... 111
LD Electronics........................... 111
LEDsales................................... 111
Microchip Technology.............OBC
Mouser Electronics....................... 4
PCBWay....................................... 13
PMD Way................................... 111
SC Ideal Bridge Rectifiers........... 95
SC PDFs on USB......................... 67
SC USB Cable Tester.................. 50
Silicon Chip Binders.......... 64, 111
Silicon Chip Shop............ 106-107
Silicon Chip Songbird.............. 109
Silicon Chip Subscriptions........ 55
The Loudspeaker Kit.com.......... 10
Wagner Electronics..................... 89
Next Issue: the June 2024 issue
is due on sale in newsagents by
Monday, May 27th. Expect postal
delivery of subscription copies in
Australia between May 22nd and
June 14th.
112
Silicon Chip
It would be possible to build an
SC200-based amplifier and swap the
modules for Ultra-LD Mk.3/4 modules later. The Ultra-LD modules are
slightly smaller than the SC200 module and use the same heatsink pattern. The power supply requirements
are identical.
If you don’t need a lot of power,
consider building an amplifier based
on the Hummingbird modules from
December 2021, although their performance is not quite as good as the
SC200. The Hummingbird uses a lower
voltage transformer; Altronics has a
complete module kit (Cat K5158).
10kW ½W resistor attached to diodes
D2 and D3 is changed to 15kW ½W.
For resistors R1 and R2, use the values
shown in the table accompanying the
circuit diagram according to the DC
supply the Loudspeaker Protector is
connected to.
RF preamplifier for
oscilloscopes wanted
I want to build the SiDRADIO (October & November 2013; siliconchip.au/
Series/130), but I can’t find the MMC
capacitors. (T. R., Southgate, NSW)
● There has been a lot of confusion
about the terminology regarding multilayer ceramic capacitors. The term
most commonly used to refer to them
these days is “multi-layer ceramic
capacitor” or MLCC, but other terms
have been used in the past, including
“monolithic capacitor” and “monolithic multi-layer capacitor” (MMC).
They are all essentially the same.
All electronics retailers should have
them, including Jaycar, Altronics and
element14. The Jaycar and Altronics
part codes for the values used in the
SiDRADIO project are:
• 1μF MMC: Jaycar RC5499
Altronics R2950A
• 220nF MMC: Jaycar RC5494
Altronics R2935A
• 100nF MMC: Jaycar RC5490
Altronics R2931
• 10nF MMC: Jaycar RC5480
Altronics R2910A
Thank you for producing a great
magazine. I have been a subscriber and
buyer since almost the start.
I want to build a detachable RF
probe similar to the unit in the June
1988 issue (pages 72 to 74) and can
source the 2SC3358 transistors. My
requirement is probably 0.5-30MHz,
mainly for checking oscillators in
valve radios. Is there a later circuit that
would be better, or using more modern transistors? I prefer through-hole
components as they are much easier
to handle.
I am currently using a dip/wave
meter built from an Electronics Australia circuit from the 1970s, but I want
a more accurate frequency reading. (J.
M., Wellington, New Zealand)
● You could consider building the
RF Preamplifier circuit from Circuit
Notebook, July 2009 by Dayle Edwards
(siliconchip.au/Article/1507). The
tuned circuit using L1, VC1 and VC2
can be deleted, and a 1MW resistor can
be added to bias gate 1 of the Mosfet
to ground. Apply the signal via a 10nF
capacitor to gate 1.
Alternately, the somewhat similar
January 2004 Antenna & RF Preamp
For Weather Satellites by Jim Rowe
(siliconchip.au/Article/3326) might
be of interest.
Both circuits use some SMDs as
dual-gate Mosfets are not readily available in through-hole packages.
Loudspeaker Protector
used at higher voltages
Charging a Li-ion cell
from USB
I built your Loudspeaker Protector (October 2011; siliconchip.au/
Article/1178) from an Altronics kit
(K5167). The instructions mention
that 50V AC is the maximum voltage
recommended for the AC Sense input;
however, my transformer delivers
about 54.5V AC. Is it safe to use the AC
Sense feature with the slightly higher
voltage? (M. K., via email)
● You can connect your transformer
to the AC Sense input provided the
I am looking for a kit to charge a 3.7V
Li-ion battery from a 5V USB source.
Thanks for your help. (R. J., Nambucca
Heads, NSW)
● Modules are available to do
that so inexpensively that we could
not produce a design or kit to compete with them. For example, we sell
TP4056 1A Li-ion charger modules in
our shop for $2.50 each (SC4305 with
a mini Type-B USB socket or SC4306
with a micro Type-B).
SC
Where to find MMC
capacitors
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
“Rigol Offer Australia’s Best
Value Test Instruments”
New
2024
Products
Oscilloscopes
New
12Bit
Scopes
RIGOL DS-1000Z/E - FREE OPTIONS
RIGOL DHO Series
RIGOL MSO-5000 Series
450MHz to 200MHz, 2/4 Ch
41GS/s Real Time Sampling
424Mpts Standard Memory Depth
470MHz to 800MHz, 2/4 Ch
412Bit Vertical Resolution
4Ultra Low Noise Floor
470MHz to 350MHz, 2 Ch & 4Ch
48GS/s Real Time Sampling
4Up to 200Mpts Memory Depth
FROM $
499
FROM $
ex GST
659
FROM $
ex GST
1,489
Multimeters
Function/Arbitrary Function Generators
New
Product
New
Product
RIGOL DG-800/900 Pro Series
RIGOL DG-1000Z Series
RIGOL DM-858/E
425MHz to 200MHz, 1/2 Ch
416Bit, Up to 1.25GS/s
47” Colour Touch Screen
425MHz, 30MHz & 60MHz
42 Output Channels
4160 In-Built Waveforms
45 1/2 Digits
47” Colour Touch Screen
4USB & LAN
FROM $
713
FROM $
ex GST
Power Supplies
ex GST
725
FROM $
ex GST
Spectrum Analysers
689
ex GST
Real-Time Analysers
New
Product
RIGOL DP-932E
RIGOL DSA Series
RIGOL RSA Series
4Triple Output 2 x 32V/3A & 6V/3A
43 Electrically Isolated Channels
4Internal Series/Parallel Operation
4500MHz to 7.5GHz
4RBW settable down to 10 Hz
4Optional Tracking Generator
41.5GHz to 6.5GHz
4Modes: Real Time, Swept, VSA & EMI
4Optional Tracking Generator
ONLY $
849
FROM $
ex GST
1,321
FROM $
ex GST
3,210
ex GST
Buy on-line at www.emona.com.au/rigol
Sydney
Tel 02 9519 3933
Fax 02 9550 1378
Melbourne
Tel 03 9889 0427
Fax 03 9889 0715
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
Brisbane
Tel 07 3392 7170
Fax 07 3848 9046
Adelaide
Tel 08 8363 5733
Fax 08 83635799
Perth
Tel 08 9361 4200
Fax 08 9361 4300
web www.emona.com.au
EMONA
|